FORM Percentage Rates

Document Sample
FORM Percentage Rates Powered By Docstoc
					                                        1


                                                      FOR OFFICIAL USE




                          ºÉiªÉ¨Éä´É VɪÉiÉä



         GOVERNMENT OF MAHARASHTRA

            RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND WATER
                CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT

                 Mandwa Storage Tank,
                Tal. Risod, Dist. Washim
 Construction of Earthen Dam, Waste Weir, Approach &
                         Tail channel




                           TENDER
                          DOCUMENT
                      CHIEF ENGINEER
           MINOR IRRIGATION (LOCAL SECTOR) PUNE

 MINOR IRRIGATION (LOCAL SECTOR) CIRCLE, AMRAVATI

 MINOR IRRIGATION (LOCAL SECTOR) DIVISION, WASHIM.




Signature of Contractor          No. of corrections        Executive Engineer
                                                              2


                                                      INDEX
NAME OF WORK :- Construction of Mandwa Storage Tank, Tal- Risod,
                Dist-Washim . (Earthen dam, Waste weir, Approach & Tail
                                    Channel)

Sr.No.                                             Contents                                                 Page Number
                                                                                                           From      To
   1       Details regarding tender                                                                         03       03

   2       Invitation of Tender a) Press Notice                                                              04             21
           b) Detailed Tender Notice , c) Corrigendum
   3       B-l Tender Form                                                                                   22             26
   4       APPENDIXES
   5       APPENDIX “A” Details of work of similar type and magnitude carried                                27             27
           by the tenderer
   6       APPENDIX “B” Details of other works tendered for & works in hand as                               28             28
           on the date of submission of this tender
   7       APPENDIX “C” Details of plant immediately available with the                                      29             29
           tenderer for use on work
   8       APPENDIX “D” Details of technical personnel with the tenderer                                     30             30
   9       APPENDIX “E” Declaration by the Contractor                                                        31             31
  10       APPENDIX “F” Form of one year Term Deposit Receipt                                                32             32

  11       APPENDIX “G” Bank Guarantee                                                                       33             33
  12       Conditions of the Contract                                                                        36             63

  13       Schedule "A"                                                                                      64             64
  14       Schedule "B"                                                                                      65             71

  15       Special Conditions of the Contract                                                                75             98

  16       General Specification                                                                             99             191
  19       Work programme                                                                                   192             195
  20       Drawings                                                                                         V-II            V-II




Issued to ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Class     ------------------DR. NO.---------------------------On ---------------------------------------------------



                                                                     Divisional Accountant Officer.
                                                                  Minor Irrigation (L.S.)Division, Washim




Signature of Contractor                              No. of corrections                         Executive Engineer
                                       3




                          SCRUTINY CERTIFICATE

                     Certified that the Draft Tender Document of
         Mandwa Storage Tank, Tal:– Risod, Dist- Washim.
         Construction of Earthen dam, Waste weir, Approach &
         Tail channel have been scrutinized and have been
         prepared after following concerned Government Rules /
         Circulars / Resolutions. Estimated Cost put to Tender
         Rs.75,83,270/- is found correct.

            The Draft Tender Document is recommended for
         approval.




 DIVISIONAL ACCOUNTS OFFICER                     EXECUTIVE ENGINEER
MINOR IRRIGATION [L.S.] DIVISION            MINOR IRRIGATION [L.S.] DIVISION
          WASHIM                                         WASHIM



                                              SUPRINTENDING ENGINEER
                                           MINOR IRRIGATION [L.S.] CIRCLE
                                                    AMRAVATI




Signature of Contractor         No. of corrections          Executive Engineer
                                         4



                      ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÖSÉxÉÉ
                    ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ
          OÉɨÉÊ´ÉEòÉºÉ ´É VɱɺÉÆvÉÉ®úhÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ
           ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÖSÉxÉÉ Gò ¤É-1/ 1 ºÉxÉ 2012-13

     ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ       VɱɺÉÆvÉÉ®úhÉ          ¨É½þɨÉÆb÷³ý
+Éè®ÆúMÉɤÉÉn ªÉÉÆSÉäEòbÚ÷xÉ <Ç -]åõb÷®úÓMÉ
+ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ,ºÉÉ´ÉÇVÉÊxÉEò                          ¤ÉÉÆvÉEòɨÉ
ʴɦÉÉMÉÉEòb÷Ò±É xÉÉånùhÉÒEÞòiÉ / ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ
VɱɺÉÆvÉÉ®úhÉ                                  ¨É½þɨÉÆb÷³ý
+Éè®ÆúMÉɤÉÉnùEòb÷Ò±É                        xÉÉånùhÉÒEÞòiÉ
EÆòjÉÉ]õnùÉ®úÉÆEòbÚ÷xÉ             JÉɱÉÒ±É             xɨÉÖnù
EòɨÉÉEò®úÒiÉÉ         +ÉìxɱÉÉ<ÇxÉ      ¤É-1       ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ
¨ÉÉMÉÊ´ÉhªÉÉiÉ ªÉäiÉ +ɽäþ. ºÉnù®ú ÊxÉÊ´ÉnäùSÉÒ
ºÉʴɺiÉ®ú ¨ÉɽþÒiÉÒ www.maharashtra.etenders.in Water Conservation
Department Portal ªÉÉ ´Éä¤ÉºÉÉ<Ç]õ´É®ú ={ɱɤvÉ +ɽäþ.
={É®úÉäCiÉ ¤Éä¤ÉºÉÉ<Ç]õ´É®ú Ênù.25.04.2012, 17.01
´ÉÉVÉiÉÉ {ÉɺÉÚxÉ EòÉä®äú ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÆSÉ ={ɱɤvÉ
+ɽäþiÉ.

   +.                     EòɨÉÉSÉä xÉÉ´É +ÆnùÉVÉ{ÉjÉ
  Gò.                                     EòÒªÉ ËEò¨ÉiÉ
   1                                       û.
           ¨ÉÉÆb÷´ÉÉ ºÉÉ`ö´ÉhÉ iɱÉÉ´É ¯ 75.83 ±ÉIÉ
          iÉÉ. Ê®úºÉÉäb÷÷ ÊVÉ. ´ÉÉÊ¶É¨É –
          vÉ®úhÉ, ºÉÉÆb÷´ÉÉ, +ÉMɨÉxÉ ´É
          ÊxÉMÉǨÉxÉ      EòɱɴÉÉ     <.
          ¤ÉÉÆvÉEòÉ¨É Eò®úhÉä.




                                                       EòɪÉÇEòÉ®úÒ


Signature of Contractor           No. of corrections    Executive Engineer
                                          5


                          +ʦɪÉÆiÉÉ
              ±ÉPÉÖ.{ÉÉ]õ¤ÉÆvÉÉ®äú.(ºlÉÉ.ºiÉ®ú) ʴɦÉÉMÉ
                                             ´ÉÉʶɨÉ




                         PRESS Notice
                   Government of Maharashtra
                 Water Conservation Department
          Tender Notice No. B-1/1 for year : 2012-2013
                Main Portal: http://maharashtra.etenders.in
               WCD Portal:http://wsd.maharashtra.etenders.in

Online application for Bid capacity of below mentioned work are invited
by Maharashtra Water Conservation Corporation Aurangabad from the
contractors registered in appropriate class with Public Works Department
of Government of Maharashtra / Registered with Maharashtra Water
Conservation Corporation Aurangabad. The Tender Documents are
available on website from 25/04/2012 17.01. For details intending


Signature of Contractor            No. of corrections          Executive Engineer
                                           6


Bidders are requested to see the website www.maharashtra.etenders.in
Water Conservation Department Portal

  Sr.                     Name of work                     Estimated cost
  No.
   4      Construction of Earthen dam, Waste             Rs. 75.83 Lakh
          Weir, Approach & Tail channel for
          Storage Tank Mandwa Tq. Risod Dist.
          Washim


                                              Executive Engineer
                                  Minor.Irrigation(Local Sector) Division.
                                                    Washim




                             B-l FORM (Percentage Rates)
                             TENDER PAPERS FOR
NAME OF WORK:- Construction of Earthen dam, Waste Weir,
                             Approach & Tail channel for Storage Tank
                             Mandwa Tq. Risod Dist. Washim

1) NAME OF CONTRACTOR                      : Shri / M/s. : _____________________________

                                           __________________________________________

2) LAST DATE SUBMISSION OF TENDER          : 08     / 05 /2012 upto 14.00 hrs.
3) DATE OF OPENING OF TENDER               :   08   / 05 /2012 @ 14.01 hrs.

Signature of Contractor             No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            7


                                                 (If possible)
4) COST OF TENDER FORM                      : Rs. 5,000 /-

                                                Received Vide D.R. No. : . . . . . .

                                                Date :- _________________________________
5) NAME OF TENDER ACCEPTING                 :   Maharashtra Water Conservation

   AUTHORITY                                    Corporation Aurangabad.


6) AMOUNT OF CONTRACT                       : Rs. 75,83,270/- i.e. _____________

                                                _______________________ % below / above.

7) DATE OF WORK ORDER                       :     -

                                                Vide T.O. No. _______________ / AB / TC.

8) DATE OF COMPLETION                       : Date : 12 Month from the date of work order
                                              i.e. upto. ________________________________

                                                ________________________________________

                                                ________________________________________

9) EXTENSION OF TIME LIMIT,                 : ________________________________________

   IF ANY                                       ________________________________________
                                                ________________________________________




                                     B-1 TENDER

                                DETAILS OF WORKS
NAME OF WORK:- Construction of Earthen dam, Waste Weir, Approach & Tail
               channel for Storage Tank Mandwa Tq. Risod Dist. Washim

Estimated cost put to tender                    Rs. : 75,83,270/-
Earnest Money :- In Shape of Term Deposit       Rs. 75,900/-
      (Term Deposit Scanned Receipt for a period of one year issued by any Schedule
Bank should be attached to the tender at the time of submission.)
Security Deposit:              2%:              Rs. 1,52,000/-
Balance from R.A. Bills:       2%               Rs. 1,52,000/-



Signature of Contractor              No. of corrections                   Executive Engineer
                                             8


Tender Period: Twelve ( 12 ) Calendar months from the date of written order to start the
Work.


CONTENTS OF FORM                                     From                 To
Form B-l                           Sheet __________________         ________________

Schedule ‘A’                       Sheet   __________________       ________________

Schedule ‘B’                       Sheet   __________________       ________________

Appendices                         Sheet   __________________       ________________

General Conditions of Contract     Sheet   __________________       ________________

Special Conditions of Contract     Sheet   __________________       ________________

General Specifications             Sheet   __________________       ________________

Drawings Nos.                              ___________________      ________________

                          Above To be filled in by the contractor

       I/We have quoted my /our rates in words as well as in figures. I/We further
undertake to enter into Contract in regular ‘B-1’ Form with Rural Development and Water
Conservation Department/Water Conservation Corporation, Aurangabad.

                                 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections            Executive Engineer
                                             9


                                TENDER NOTICE
     Sealed Percentage rate tenders in B-1 form are invited from the contractors registered
with the Public Works Department, Government of Maharashtra in Class IV and above.
Category / Water Conservation Corporation, Aurangabad for the work as detailed below.

a NAME OF WORK:-          Construction of Earthen dam, Waste Weir, Approach & Tail
                          channel for Storage Tank Mandwa Tq. Risod Dist. Washim

b.     Estimated cost      : Rs. : 75,83,270/-
c.   Earnest Money        : Rs. 75,900/-
d.   Security Deposit     : Rs. 3,04,000/-
e.   Time Limit           : Twelve (12) Calendar months including monsoon period.

f.   Date and issue of Blank tender forms : 25.04 .2012 (17.01 hr) to 04.05.2012 ( up to
                                                                             14.00 Hrs)

g.   Date and place of Pre-Bid Conference : 03 /05 / 2012 @ 14.00 office of the
                               Superintending Engineer, M.I.(L.S.) Circle, Amravati

h.   Last date and time of receipt of tenders : Up to 14.00 Hrs. on 08/05/2012

1    The blank forms of Tender documents are available on the e-Tendering web site of
     Govt.of Maharashtra https://wsd.maharashtra.etenders.in.

2      The latest Income Tax documents (PAN Card and Balance Sheet from Chartered
       Accountant and Filed IT Returns, Details of Receipt & Payments) and valid
       contractor’s Registration Certificate,Valid VAT Registration Certificate in form
       II(Rule-4 (i) under Rule 1984) along with clearance Certificate, Registration and
       Clearance Certificate as per the provision in labour /employees provident fund,
       labour licence. Scanned copies of all Originals will have to be submitted with blank
       tender form; otherwise tender forms will be rejected.

3    Blank Tender forms can be downloaded only from the department’s portal
     https://wsd.maharashtra.etenders.in & payment of Rs. 5,000/-should be directly
     deposited in the office of the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector)
     Division, Washim or the contractor should draw D D of the same amount from
     scheduled / Nationalised bank and submit scanned copy of D D along with the
     Tender document at the time of online submission of the Tender Document. The
     original D D should be submitted in the office of Executive Engineer, Minor
     Irrigation (Local Sector) Division, Washim before the last date of online
     submission of the Tender Document. The payment by cheque will not be accepted.



Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                             10


4    Each tender shall be accompanied by earnest money in the form of term deposit
     receipt for the period of one year issued by a Scheduled / Nationalised Bank in the
     prescribed form drawn in favour of Executive Engineer , Minor Irrigation (L. S.)
     Division Washim / the valid EMD exemption certificate issued by the Public Works
     Department, Government of Maharashtra in appropriate Class. The contractor should
     submit the scanned copy of term deposit receipt along with the Tender document at
     the time of online submission of the Tender Document. The original term deposit
     receipt should be submitted in the office of Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation
     (Local Sector) Division, Washim before the last date of online submission of the
     Tender Document. Neither cheque nor cash nor bank guarantee will be accepted
     towards payment of earnest money.
5    Tenders should be submitted online up to 14.00 hrs on 08/05 / 2012 and will be
     opened Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Circle,
     Amravati on the same day, if possible. The offer will remain valid for a period of 90
     days from the date of opening of the tender and there after until it is withdrawn in
     writing by the tenderer.
6.   Right is reserved to reject any item of the tender or a tender or all the tenders without
     assigning any reason there for decision for acceptance or rejection will rest with the
     competent authority.
7.   The site of work is approachable for inspection 15 km away from Tq.Risod, on Risod
     Loni Road
8.   The tenderers are requested to read carefully all the tender instructions mentioned in
     while submitting their tenders online in two envelope system. They should also be
     very careful regarding the documents to be submitted in the envelopes. Non
     observance of these things may result in rejecting the tender.




Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                              11


                          DETAILED TENDER NOTICE

1.0    Sealed Percentage rate tenders in B-1 form are invited from the contractors
       registered with the Public Works Department, Government of Maharashtra in Class
       IV and above Category / Registered with Maharashtra Water Conservation
       Corporation, Aurangabad in the form of e - Tender for the work of Mandwa
       Storage Tank, Taluka Risod, District. Washim Construction of Earthen Dam,
       Waste Weir, & Approach & Tail channel

1.     Estimated Cost (Approximately)          Rs. 75.83 Lakhs

2.     Earnest Money                           Rs. 0.759 Lakhs

3.     Security Deposit                        Rs. 3.04 Lakhs

4.     Time Limit                              12 Month
                                               (Including monsoon)

5.     Date of online issue of Blank            25.04.2012 (17.01 hrs) to
       Tender forms.                            04.05.2012 (14.00 hrs)

6.     Last date of online receipt of           08.05.2012(14.00hrs)
       Tender forms



1.2    The blank tender forms can be downloaded by contractor only from the website of
       Govt. of Maharashtra http://wsd.maharashtra.etenders.in “Tender Purchase”. While
       submitting the duly filled Tender Documents the Bidder is required to Deposit
       Tender Fee amount Rs.5,000/- (Rs. Five Thousand only) only by DD drawn in the
       name of Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division, Washim
       The Scanned copy of Proof of Deposit such amount should be uploaded. Failing
       which the envelope No. 2 of the bidder will not be opened. The payment by cheque
       will not be accepted

1.3    The date of Pre-Tender conference will be communicated to qualified
       bidders. Only the contractors who have purchased the tender will be allowed to
       participate in the pre-tender conference.

1.4    Each tender shall be accompanied by scanned copy of earnest money in the form of
       a receipt of treasury challan or a Term Deposit Receipt for 12 months issued by a
       Nationalised/Scheduled Bank in the prescribed form in favor of the Executive


Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                              12


       Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local sector) Division, Washim. The Contractors, who
       have, for the purpose of earning exemption, deposited the necessary lump-sum
       amount at the time of registration, should enclose a scanned copy of the original
       certificate authorizing exemption from payment of earnest money without which
       the tender will not be considered. Neither cheque nor cash nor bank guarantee will
       be accepted towards payment of earnest money. The original receipt of treasury
       challan or a Term Deposit Receipt for 12 months issued by a
       Nationalised/scheduled Bank should be submitted in the office of Executive
       Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division, Washim before the last date
       of online submission of the Tender Document.

1.5    Tenders should be submitted online from 04.05.2012 (17.01 hrs) to 08.05.2012
       (14.00 hrs) and will be opened by the Superintending Engineer , M.I. (L.S.) Circle
       Amravati on 08.05.2012 14.01 hr. if possible. The offer will remain valid for a
       period of 90 days, from the date of opening of tender and there after until it is
       withdrawn in writing by the tenderer.

1.6    The right is reserved to reject any item of the tender, or a tender, or all the tenders,
       without assigning any reason therefore. Decision for acceptance or rejection rests
       with the Chief Engineer, M.I. (L.S.) Pune.

1.7    The latest Income Tax documents (PAN Card and Balance Sheet from Chartered
       Accountant and Filed IT Returns, Details of Receipt & Payments) and valid
       contractor’s Registration Certificate,Valid VAT Registration Certificate in form
       II(Rule-4 (i) under Rule 1984) along with clearance Certificate, Registration and
       Clearance Certificate as per the provision in labour /employees provident fund,
       labour licence. Scanned copies of all Originals will have to be submitted with blank
       tender form; otherwise tender forms will be rejected. The contractor’s who
       successfully qualify in pre-qualification evaluation can participate in the further
       process of tendering.

1.8    Prior to the issue of Blank Tender form for the work shown above, the Pre-
       qualification of the interested contractor will be evaluated and determined on the
       basis of the necessary and requisite information submitted by them in Pre-
       qualification form. The contractors Pre-qualification will be done as per provision
       contained in Government of Maharashtra Irrigation Department Circular No.
       ºÉÆÊEòhÉÇ/1098/(237/99)/ B¨É.{ÉÒ.{ÉÒ,Ênù. 5.12.2000
       ´É {ÉÊ®ú{ÉjÉEò ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ 201/EòIÉ-75/105(2001)
       ¨ÉÉä|É, Ênù. 29.11.2001 and as per the appendix attached with it.
       Only those contractors, who successfully qualify in Pre-qualification evaluation,
       will be eligible to tender for the above work and the list of successfully qualified
       contractors in Pre-qualification will be displayed on the department’s portal
       http://wrd.maharashtra.etenders.in on hr.

1.9    The site of work is near village Mandwa Tq. Risod Dist. Washim.

Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                             13


1.10   Conditional Tenders will not be accepted.
1.11   A)      Prior to the issue of Blank tender form for the work, the general experience,
       machinery details, Bid capacity of the interested contractor will be evaluated and
       determined on the basis of the necessary and requisite information submitted by
       them in the prescribed Bid capacity document. Only those contractors who
       successfully qualify in Bid capacity evaluation will be eligible to tender for the
       work and blank tender form will be issued to them only.
               The forms of Bid capacity documents are available on the e-Tendering website
       of Govt. of Maharashtra “http:// wsd.maharashtra.etenders.in.” The aspiring Bidders
       will have to download Pre-qualification form, from the website mentioned above.
       Before purchasing the duly filled Bid capacity Documents the Bidder are required to
       Deposit Rs. 2,000/- (Rs. Two Thousand only) only by DD drawn in the name of
       Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector), Division, Washim directly in the
       office of the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division,
       Washim and procure the Duplicate Receipt for it from the office before the last date of
       online issue of Bid capacity Documents. The Scanned copy of the above Duplicate
       Receipt issued by the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division,
       Washim should be uploaded along with duly filled Bid capacity Documents. Failing
       which the Bid capacity documents of the bidder will not be evaluated further. The
       bidder has to fill in online format and upload information regarding Bid Capacity
       online. The results of Bid capacity will be available on website and also will be
       communicated to the successful bidders by email. The payment by cheque will not be
       accepted.
       Bid capacity documents should be purchased and prepared online before 14/04/2012,
       till 17.00 hrs as mentioned in the eTender schedule on the above web portal.

B)     The interested contractor should have an experience of successful execution of similar
       type of work carried out in the area having Average Annual rainfall of 750 mm. and
       should have successfully executed the following quantities of work during any one
       year of previous five years i.e. between 2007-2008 to 2011-2012. (Quantities given
       below are required as per this Tender)

1)     Excavation - Soft Strata &     Hard Strata   -       13200 Cum.or More
       2) Embankment work                               -   18000 Cum or More
       3) Concrete (in various mix)                     -   600 Cum or More
C)     50% of the each type of machinery required for the work as listed in para 3.37 shall
be owned by the contractor in his name and documentary evidence should be produced
for the same and for the rest 50% of machinery the details of sources of availability from
where the machinery planned to be procured shall be given along with M.O.U. with the
Party Supplying such machinery along with      Supply guarantee on Rs.100/- Bond
paper.
D)     The interested contractor should have completed at least one M. I. Tank having
height more than 10.0.m. The work done certificate should be produced.



Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                              14


                                             Executive Engineer
                                   Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division, Washim


2. INSTRUCTIONS AND NOTES FOR THE GUIDNCE OF TENDERERS
2.1 The tenderer shall be presumed to have carefully examined all documents, forms
    statement, special conditions schedules, drawings, general conditions and
    specifications of contract and to have fully acquainted themselves with all the details
    of site labour conditions and in general with all necessary information and date etc.
    pertaining to and needed for the work till completion of the work.
.
2.2 The tenders should see in particular the quarry sites and satisfy themselves about the
    quality and quantities of the materials available as the rates quoted will be inclusive
    of all leads and lifts involved in bringing the materials from the quarry areas. All
    necessary testing of materials shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own cost to
    confirm their suitability before the materials will be permitted to be used. No claim in
    respect of additional leads and lifts will be entertained.
3     ROYALTIES :
3.1     All quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking materials, if any,
        shall be paid by the contractor. All fees, etc. with the exception of royalties, are
        included in the rates submitted in the Tender.
3.2 The amount of royalty included in the items of schedule 'B', the amount of royalty is
    to be paid by the contractor. If, contractor fails to pay, the amount of royalty shall be
    deducted from RA Bill as per the prevailing rates and will be released only after
    producing the documentary evidence of payment of royalty charges paid to concerned
    Revenue Authority. If contractor fails to produce the documentary evidence of
    payment of royalty charges, the amount of royalty deducted from RA Bill shall be
    directly paid to the concerned Revenue Authority


4.    PREFERENCE :
      Preference will be given to those contractors who have previous experience of such
      type of large works and who have necessary machinery with them
5.    TIME LIMIT :
      The work is to be completed within Twelve (12) calendar months including monsoon
      from date of written Work Order to commence the work.

6.    CONDITIONAL TENDERS :
      i) Conditional tenders will not be considered for acceptance
      ii) The tenderers are requested to read carefully all the instructions mentioned in para
          (15) while submitting their tenders in e-tendering system in two envelope system .
          They should also be very careful regarding the documents to be submitted. Non
          observance of these things may result in rejection of the tender.



Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             15


         Tenders which do not fulfill any of the conditions of notification and general rules
         and directions for the guidance of the contractors on page 1 of agreements form
         (printed B-1 form) or are incomplete in any respect are liable to be rejected
         without assigning any reason thereof.

7.    TENDER QUOTING
a)      The tenderer should quote percentage below or above both in words and figures
        while online submission of the Tender No alteration in the form of the tender and
        in the schedule of quantities and no addition in the form of special stipulation will
        be permitted. No change in the units shall be allowed. The rates quoted in Tender
        shall be taken as applying to all conditions of weather and the rates quoted will be
        inclusive of all taxes if any.
 b)     Tendered percentage below or above shall be written at the appropriate place in
        English both in words and figures. In case the percentage expressed in words
        differs from that expressed in figures, the lowest of the two will be taken as
        correct.
 c)     Neither erasures nor over- writings shall be made in the price schedule and in
        general in the tendered documents. Every correction shall be made by crossing the
        pen across the incorrect or unrequired portion and writing the correct or required
        portion above. All corrections shall bear the dated initials of the tenderer.
 d)     All pages of the tender documents, conditions, specifications and drawings, etc.
        shall be signed by the tenderer with his digital signature.
 e)     The tender shall contain the name, residence and place of business of person/
       persons submitting the tender.
 f)    Tender by partnership firm shall furnish the full name(s) of all authorized
       representative on behalf of each partner followed by the name and designation of
       the person signing. An attested copy of the partnership deed shall be furnished
       along with the tender. Tender by companies shall be signed with the legal name of
       the company and signed by the person authorized to sign it in the matter.
 h)      Whenever, whether in the submission of tender or later in other matters the
       signatures are made by one person on behalf of a company or partnership, the
       tenderer shall supply an attested copy of the power of attorney.
 i)     Witnesses and sureties shall be the persons of status and probity and their names,
       occupations and address shall be stated below their signatures. All signatures shall
       be dated.


8.    TENDERING PROCEDURE :
A) BLANK TENDER FORMS :
   Blank Tender forms can be downloaded from the website as stipulated in the Tender
   notice./ corrigendum.




Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                             16



B) PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE :
     i) A pre tender conference open to all prospective tenderers will be held at on
        3/05/2012 @ 14.00 Hr. in the office of the Superintending Engineer, Minor
        Irrigation (L.S.) Circle Amravati. Wherein the prospective tenderers who have
        downloaded blank B1 tender form will have an opportunity to obtain clarifications
        regarding the work and the tender conditions.
     ii) The prospective tenderers are free to ask for any additional information or
          clarification either in writing or orally and the reply to the same will be given by
          the Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation (L.S.) Circle, Amravati in writing
          and this clarification referred to as common set of conditions shall form part of
          tender documents and which will also be common and applicable to all
          Tenderers.and the Tenderer should submit this at the time of online submission of
          Tender.
     iii) The tender submitted by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification, additional
          facility issued (if any) by the Department, and this tender shall be unconditional.
          Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected.
     iv) All tenderers are cautioned that the tenders containing any deviation from the
           contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and
           conditional tenders will be rejected as non-responsive.
C) MANNER OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENT :
      The Tenderer shall submit the Tender documents by uploading online in two
      envelopes as below:

          a)    TECHNICAL ENVELOPE (T1) :

     The first envelope, named as “Envelope T1”, shall contain the following documents.
1.   Government Treasury challan or Term Deposit Receipt for 12 months of any
     Scheduled Bank for the amount of earnest money or certificate of exemption for
     payment of earnest money if applicable duly attested by gazetted officer.
2.   Certificates of Registration of the Contractor with the Government of Maharashtra as
     may be applicable duly by gazetted officer.
3.   List of Machinery and plants immediately available with the tender for use on this
     work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this work, but not immediately
     available and the manner in which it is proposed to be procured.
4.   Details of works of similar type and magnitude carried out by the contractor.
5.   Details of technical personnel on the roll of the tenderer.
6.   Details of other works tendered for and in hand with the value of work unfinished on
     the last date of submission of tender. The certificates from the heads of the offices
     under whom the works are in progress should be enclosed.
7.   VAT registration certificate in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods
     involved in the executions of a work contract under the provision of rule 58 of
     Maharashtra added tax Act 2005 should be submitted in original or certified copy.

Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            17


8.   Certificate of registration under close (5) Sub-clause (1) of Maharashtra State Profes-
     sional tax rules 1975 should be submitted in original or certified copy.
9.   Income tax Certificate : Attached copy of acknowledgement of Income Tax latest
     return or audit balance sheet with profit and loss account certified by C.A. valid date
     of submission of tender or N.O.C. from Income Tax Department.
10. Government of Maharashtra Irrigation Department Circular No. Misc. 1098/212/98
    Mantralaya Mumbai Dt. 19 .1.1999. “The Contractor’s firm is required to get
    themselves registered under provision labour general provident fund act “and
    accordingly it is required to produce necessary certificate duly attested towards the
    deposit in the labour G .P. F. Account from the competent authority.
11. Deed of Partnership or Articles of Association and Memorandum of Association for
    Limited Company.
12. Once if the contractor is qualified in the pre-qualification as per tender notice, the
    documents for pre-qualification need not be reproduced again in envelope No. 1
    instead only the scanned copy of pre-qualification letter issued by the Engineer in
    charge alongwith the relevant earnest money as per tender is sufficient.
13. Other necessary documents as per detail Tender Notice attached

b)   COMMERCIAL ENVELOPE (C1) – TENDER

      The second envelope named as “Envelope C1” shall contain only the main Tender
      including the common set of conditions / stipulations issued by the Department after
      the pre-Tender conference. A Tender submitted online without this will be
      considered as invalid and program of the work to be carried out as proposed by the
      contractors.

        The Tenderer should quote his offer on Schedule “B” of the Tender as a percentage
of estimated rates at the appropriate place in the Tender documents and enclose in
Envelope C1. The Tenderer should not quote his offer anywhere directly or indirectly in
Envelope T1. The contractor shall quote for the work as per details given in this main
tender and also based on the detailed set of conditions issued /additional stipulation made
by the department as informed to him by a letter from Superintending Engineer, Minor
Irrigation (L.S.) Circle, Amravati after the pre-Tender conference. This Tender shall be
unconditional.


c)   SUBMISSION OF TENDER :
     The two Envelopes T l and C1, shall be submit online by uploading:
.
       The date and time for receipt of envelope containing Tender shall strictly apply in
       all cases. The Tenderer should ensure that their Tender is properly uploaded &
       submitted before the stipulated expiry date and time. No delay on account of any
       cause will be entertained for the late receipt of the Tender. A Tender offered or



Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                             18


       received after the date and time is over, will either not be accepted or if
       inadvertently accepted, will not be opened.

d)   OPENING OF TENDERS :
    On the date specified in the tender notice following procedure will be adopted for
opening of the tender.

TECHNICAL ENVELOPE (T1) :
       Envelope Tl of all the Tenderers will be opened first to verify that its contents are
as per requirements. If the various documents contained in this envelope do not meet the
requirements of the Department, a note will be recorded accordingly by the Tender
opening authority and the said Tender’s Envelope C1 will not be considered for further
action and the same will be recorded.

COMMERCIALENVELOPE (C1) :
       This envelope shall be opened immediately after opening of Envelope T1, only if
the contents of Envelope Tl are found to be acceptable to the Department. The percentage
above or below the estimated rates shall then be read out.
9. The tenders will be opened on 08.05.2012 at 14.01 hrs. hour if possible in presence
of the tenderers or their authorized agents, who may choose to be present.

10. THE TENDER WILL BE LIABLE TO BE REJECTED OUTRIGHT IF
    WHILE SUBMITTING :
     1) The tenderer proposes any alterations in the work specified in the tender or in the
        time allowed for carrying out the work or any other condition.
     2) Any of the pages of the tender are removed / or replaced
     3) The percentage above or below are not clearly mentioned both in figures and
        words in the tender documents.
     4) The Tenderer, or in the case of a partnership firm, each partner thereof, does not
        sign or the signature/s is / are not attested by a witness on B-1 Tender Form of the
        tender in the space provided for the purpose (or provisions of paragraph 14.( d)
        are not complied with). In case of tender by companies, it should be signed by the
        legal name of the company and signed by the person authorized to sign to tender
        documents in the matter.
     5) Any erasures are made in the tenderer.
      6) All corrections and additions or pasted slips are not signed by the tenderer.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                              19


11. EARNEST MONEY / SECURITY DEPOSIT :
    i) a) A sum of Rs. 75,900/- on account of earnest money should be paid in the
          form of a challan showing deposit of cash into the Treasury Bank or by a
          “Term Deposit Receipt” for 12 months issued by a Scheduled /
          Nationalised Bank, duly endorsed, in favour of Executive Engineer,
          Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division, Washim or by, the contractor
          should draw D D of the same amount from scheduled / Nationalised bank
          and submit scanned copy of D D along with Tender document at the time
          of online submission of the Tender. The original D D should be submitted
          to the Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local Sector) Division,
          Washim before the last date of submission of Tender.
             b) Earnest Money in the form of cash or cheque will not be accepted.
             c) Contractors who have paid the required sum as deposit and executed the
                 necessary bonds as per the rules of registration with Govt. of Maharashtra
                 are exempted from the payment of earnest money. Such contractors shall
                 attach to their tender a scanned copy of the certificate authorising
                 exemption from earnest money payment. The contractors, who have not
                 lodged the necessary lump-sum deposit as above, shall pay earnest money
                 as prescribed in the foregoing Para(a)

       ii)     The earnest money paid in cash in treasury or bank vide challan or by “Term
               Deposits receipt” for 12 months will in the case of tenderers whose tenders
               are not accepted, be refunded, and will, in the case of the successful tenderer
               be refunded after payment of cash security deposit and the balance amount
               of security deposit will be augmented by deduction from bills towards
               security deposit as stipulated in the printed B-l form. In case of the
               successful tender who is exempted from payment of earnest money as in
               Para (c) above, the payment of security deposit shall be as stipulated in the
               sub-Para below :
               The successful tenderer who is exempted from payment of earnest money
               -shall have to pay a security deposit of Rs. 1,52,000/- in cash        within
               the period stipulated in Para 19 below at the time of signing of the
               agreements.
     iii)      In lieu of cash deposit mentioned above in Para 18 (ii) Government Security,
               gold bonds, guarantee bonds from a Scheduled Bank in the form acceptable
               to Government, National Savings certificates, National Defense Saving
               Certificates, for the value for which they can be encashed at the time of
               presentation as security deposit, Port Trust bonds, Municipal debentures,
               scripts of rural debentures issued by the Mumbai State Co-operative Land
               Mortgage Bank Limited, standing in the name of the Tenderer shall be
               accepted, if pledged as a Security Deposit in the name of Executive
               Engineer Minor Irrigation(L.S.) Division-Washim. Guarantee bonds of
               scheduled bank in the form acceptable to government shall be accepted. The
               balance, amounts of security deposit of Rs. 1,52,000/- shall be recovered
               by 2% deduction from running account bills.

Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            20



11.1 ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT :
     If the tenderer quotes rate less than 10% below or greater than 10% above, then the
contractors has to furnish the additional security deposit before communication of
acceptance of tender at the percentage by which the contractor has quoted less than 10%
or more than 10%. For example, if the contractors quoted rate is 25% below, the
contractors has to furnish an additional security deposit procedure mentioned above (25-
10)/100 x 10 = 1.5% of the estimated cost in the form of same guarantee which will be
released at the time of payment of final bill. In either case, if the additional security
deposit is not furnished as per requirement the Earnest Money will be forfeited (As per
Govt. Circular (Marathi) Misc. 1097 (105/97)/M.P. Dated : 22/5/1998).


12. ACCEPTANCE OF THE TENDER :-
     Acceptance of the tender will rest with the Chief Engineer, Minor Irrigation (Local
Sector) Pune / Maharashrashtra Water Conservation Corporation, Auragabad who
reserves the right to reject any item of the tender, or a Tender or all Tenders without
assigning any reasons thereof. The person /persons whose Tender may be accepted shall
have to pay the cash security deposit and enter into regular B-l agreement within ten days
of being notified to do so (which period may be extended by the Superintending
Engineer (M.I.)L.S.) Circle Amravati up to 15 days if he thinks it fit to do so), and shall
abide by all rules & regulations embodied therein. In the event of the failure of the
Tenderer to sign the agreement within the stipulated time, the earnest money paid by him
shall stand forfeited to Government and the acceptance of the tender shall be considered as
withdrawn. In the case of contractors who are exempted from paying the earnest money
and who fail to pay the security deposit & sign the agreement in the stipulated time, the
fixed amount deposited by them as per the rule governing registration of contractors, shall
stand forfeited to Government. The facility of not paying earnest money extended to such
contractors shall also stand withdrawn from the date on which they fail to comply with the
requirements and their registration is also liable to be cancelled.
     The offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum period of 90 (Ninety)
days form the date fixed for opening the same and there after until it is withdrawn by the
contractor by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the Tender and sent
by registered post acknowledgment due or otherwise delivered at the office of such
authority and also subject to other conditions shown in Memorandum of Agreement
printed .
13.    The right is reserved to revise or amend the tender documents prior to the last date
notified for the issue of tenders. Such revisions or amendments or extensions shall be
communicated to all concerned in the form of addenda or by notice in the press as may be
considered suitable.
14.   Should some items of work are being executed departmentally. The quantities that
would be executed during the period between the issue of tender notice and fixation of
agency will be deducted from the quantities in the tender. The tenderer should take



Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                            21


cognizance of this fact and no claims would be tenable on a account of such reduction in
the quantities. [Vide Govt. Letter No. 1076/ 1181/666 (E) 17 dated 08/06/76.]
15.    The successful tender should produce to the satisfaction of the competent authority
accepting the Tender a valid and concurrent license issued in his favor under the
provisions of the contract labour ( Regulation and Abolition) Act .1970 and the
Maharashtra contract labour (Regulation and Abolition) Rule 1971 before starting the
work. On failure to do so, the acceptance of the Tender will be liable to be withdrawn and
also the earnest money will be forfeited to the Government.
16.    As per Government of Maharashtra, Irrigation Department, circular No. Misc. 1997
(S97) MPCP Mantralaya Mumbai Dt. 22.5.98. In the case of possibility of excess
execution of the quantities of several items. The necessary proposals are to be submitted to
the competent authority for approval before execution of work with the decision being
binding on the contractor.

17.    The Contractor is bound to submit his yearly work program regarding item-wise
quantities, amounts and other details regarding it, month-wise which will be finalised by
the Executive Engineer, before the issue of the Work Order and the same will be revived
at the beginning of the financial year as per availability of the funds. The work schedule
may be periodically revised in agreement with the Executive Engineer, only if found
necessary due to circumstances beyond the control of the Contractor.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            22


               ANNEX - A TO DETAILED TENDER NOTICE
A) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT :- Construction of Earthen dam, Waste Weir &
                                Tail Channel for Storage Tank at Mandwa Tq.
                                Risod Dist washim.

B) STATUS OF THE PROJECT                  :- The preliminary works of the project are taken
                                            up in hand at of the earliest.

C) CLIMATIC CONDITIONS                       :- The project is situated in Vidarbha Region.
                                           The av. rainfall varies from 650 mm to 850
                                           mm the av. Temperature varies from 32c to
                                           45c.The rainy season Commence from June &
                                           last up to beginning of October.

D) SCOPE OF THE WORK                      :- The tender incorporates
                                            Construction of Earthen Dam, Waste Weir, &
                                            Approach & Tail channel The work includes
                                            following items:-
                                             1) Excavation in soft strata & hard Strata
                                             2) Embankment for hearting & casing.
                                             3) Cement concrete for waste weir Rock toe,
                                                pitching, drain filling etc.

E) INFORMATION ABOUT THE WORKS AND SITE CONDITIONS.

 a. Location of work.                    : 55 km from District place
                                         : 15 km from Taluka place.
                                         : 3 km from nearest village, Mandwa.
 b. Nearest railway Station              : Washim at 55 km From site.

 c. Roads                                : Approachable by all weather road.

 d. Petrol and diesel pumps              : At Risod which is 15 km from site.

 e. Nearest telephone/telegraph/fax      : At Risod which is 15 km from site.

 f. Status of land acquisition           : The process of land acquisition in progress.

 g. Other relevant information           : The nearest market is at Risod, Tal- Risod,
                                         Dist- Washim, 15 km from dam site.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                               23


                                B - 1 TENDER FORM

     RURAL DEVELOPMENT AND WATER CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT
             Percentage Rate Tender and Contract for Works P.W.D. 286 e
GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE GUIDANCE OF CONTRACTORS

1.    All work proposed to be executed by Contract shall be notified in a form of Invitation
      to Tender, pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Executive Engineer and
      signed by the Executive Engineer.

      This form will state the work to be carried out as well as the date for submitting and
      opening Tenders, and the time allowed for carrying out the work; also the amount of
      earnest money to be deposited with the Tenderer and the amount of security deposit
      to be deposited by the successful Tender and the percentage, if any, to be deducted
      from bills. It will also state whether a refund of quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and
      ground rents will be granted. Copies of the specifications designs and drawing and
      estimated rates, scheduled rates, and any other documents required in connection
      with the work which will be signed by the Executive Engineer for the purpose of
      identification shall also be open for inspection by Contractors at the office of the
      Executive Engineer, Minor Irrigation (local sector) Division, Washim during
      office hours.

      Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recom-
      mended by a Contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the
      Government of Maharashatra such specification with designs and drawing shall form
      part of the accepted Tender.

2.    In the event of the Tender being submitted by a firm, it must be signed by each
      partner there of and in the event of the absence of any partner, it shall be signed on
      his behalf by a person holding a power-of -attorney authorizing him to do so.

      i)    The Contractor shall pay along with Tender Rs. 75,900/- (In Word – Seventy
            Five Thousand only) as and by way of earnest money. The Contractor may
            pay the said amount by forwarding deposit, along with the Tender a receipted
            treasury challan for the said amount Term Deposit Receipt for 12 months for the
            said amount drawn on any Scheduled Bank for the like amount in favour of the
            Executive Engineer or an earnest money exemption certificate. The said amount
            of earnest money shall not carry any interest whatsoever.

      ii)   In the event; of his Tender being accepted, subject to the provisions of sub-
            clause (iii) below, the said amount of earnest money shall be appropriated
            towards the amount of Security Deposit payable by him under Condition of
            General Conditions of Contract.




Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                             24


     iii) If, after submitting the Tender, the Contractor withdraws his offer, or modifies
          the same or if after, the acceptance of his Tender the Contractor fails or neglects
          to furnish the balance of security deposit, without prejudice to any other rights
          and powers of the Governments here-under or in law, Government shall be
          entitled to forfeit the full amount of the earnest money and the additional
          earnest money deposited by him.

     iv) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of earnest money
         deposited by the Contractor shall, unless it is prior there to forfeit under the
         provision of Sub-Clause (iii) above, be refunded to him on his passing receipt
         therefore.

3.   Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm,
     should also be signed by all the partners, except where the Contractors are described
     in their Tender as a firm, in which case the receipts shall be signed in the name of the
     firm, by one of the partners or by some other person having authority to give
     effectual receipts for the firm.

4.   Any person who submits a Tender shall fill up usual printed form stating at what
     percentage he is willing to undertake the work. Tenders which propose any alteration
     in the work specified in the said form of invitation to Tender or in the time allowed
     for carrying out the work or which contain any other conditions of any sort, will be
     liable to rejection. Tender shall have the name and the number of the work to which
     they refer written outside the envelope.

5.   The Superintending Engineer, Minor Irrigation (local sector) Circle, Amravati
     or his duly authorized assistant will open Tenders in the presence of intending
     Contractors who may be present at the time, and will enter the amounts of the several
     Tenders in a comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event of a Tender being
     accepted the Contractor shall thereupon for the purpose of identification, sign copies
     of the specification and other document mentioned in rule. In the event of a Tender
     being rejected the Divisional Officer shall refund the amount of the earnest money
     deposited by the Contractor after obtaining a receipt for the return of earnest money.

6.   The officer competent to dispose off the Tenders shall have the right of rejecting all
     or any of the Tenders.

7.   No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a Contractor in regard to
     any matter relating to this Tender or the Contract shall be valid and binding on
     Government unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer.

8.   The memorandum of work to be Tendered for and the schedule of the material to be
     supplied by the Rural Development and Water Conservation Department and their
     rates shall be filled in and completed by the Office of the Executive Engineer, Minor
     Irrigation (Local Sector) Division, Washim, before the Tender form is issued. If a
     form issued to an intending tenderer has not been so filled and completed, he shall


Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             25


     request the said office to have this done before he completes, and delivers his
     Tender.

9.   All works shall be measured by net standard measure and according to the rules and
     custom of the Rural Development and Water Conservation Department without
     reference to any local custom.

10. Under no circumstances shall any Contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for
    any items in this Contract.

11. A certificate of registration as approved Contractor, in respect of Tenders from
    registered Contractor should be produced with the Tender.

12. All corrections, additions or pasted slips should be initialed.

13. The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual method in the Rural
    Development and Water Conservation Department and no proposals to adopt
    alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive Engineer’s decision as to what
    is the usual method in use in the Rural Development and Water Conservation
    Department will be final.

14. The successful tenderer should produce to the satisfaction of the competent authority
    accepting the Tender a valid and current license issued in his favour under the
    Contract Labour (Regulation and abolition) Rule 1970, and the Maharashtra Contract
    Labour (Regulation and abolition Rule) Rule 1971 before starting the work. On
    failure to do so the acceptance of the Tender will be liable to be withdrawn and also
    the earnest money will be forfeited to Government.

15. Every tenderer shall submit along with the Tender information regarding the income
    tax circle or ward of the district in which he is assessed to income tax, the reference
    to the number of the assessment and the assessment year.

16. The Contractor will have to construct shed at work site for storing controlled and
    valuable materials having double locking arrangements. The materials will then be
    taken for use in the presence of the Departmental persons. No. materials will be
    allowed to be removed form the site of works, without prior permission of Engineer-
    In-Charge.

17. Sale Tax Registration Certificate under sales Tax (Re-enacted Act) 1989 issued by
    the Sale Tax Department (As per I.D. Circular No. Misc. 1098/3007/1985/981) M.P.
    (P) Mantralaya. Mumbai. Dt. 13.11.1989) must be submitted in envelope No.1.

18. VAT registration certificate in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods
    involved in the executions of a work contract under the provision of rule 58 of
    Maharashtra added tax Act 2005 should be submitted in original or certified copy in
    envelope No. 1. (4% recovered from those who are unregistered under VAT act
    2005.



Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                                                26


                                              TENDER OF WORK

           I/We hereby Tender for the execution for the Governor of Maharashtra (here-in-
     before and here-in-after referred to as “Government”) of the work specified in the under
     written memorandum within the time specified in such memorandum at ______________
     (% in words ___________________________________) percent below / above the
     estimated rates tendered in Schedule B (memorandum showing items of work to be carried
     out) and in accordance in all respect with the specifications, design, drawing, and
     instructions in writing referred to in Rule 1 of General Rules and Direction for Guidance
     of Contractors and in clause 13 of the annexed Conditions of Contract and agree that when
     materials for the work are provided by Government such materials and the rates to be paid
     for them shall be as provided in the Schedule ‘A’ hereto.

                                                    MEMORANDUM

a)       General description ............................Construction of Earthen dam, Waste Weir,
                                                         Approach & Tail channel of Mandwa Storage
                                                         Tank Tq. Risod Dist. Washim)

     b) Estimated cost ......................................            :   Rs. 75,83,271/-

     c) Earnest money ................................................   :   Rs. 75,900/-

     d) Security deposit
         i) Cash (not less than the amount of                            :   Rs. 1,52,000/-
            earnest money) 2 %

        ii) To be deducted from current bills 2 %       : Rs. 1,52,000/-
                                 Total (i) + (ii)        : Rs. 3,04,000/-
     e) Percentage if any to be deducted from R A bills : 4 (Four) %
        so as to make up the total amount required as
        security deposit by the time half the work as
        measured by the cost is done.
     f) Time allowed for the completion of                               :   12 (Calendar months)
        work from date fixed in written order                                including monsoon
        to commence.
           Should this Tender be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the
     terms and provision of Conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract
     annexed hereto so far as applicable, and in default thereof to forfeit and pay to
     Government the sums of money mentioned in the said conditions.
           I/We agree that this offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum period of
     90 days from the date fixed for opening the same and thereafter until it is withdrawn by
     me/us by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the Tenders and sent by
     registered post AD. or otherwise delivered at office of such authority.



     Signature of Contractor                           No. of corrections                   Executive Engineer
                                            27


Treasury                        /                        Bank                        Challan
______________________________________________________Term Deposit Receipt
for a period of one year ___________ No. ___________ Date ______________ Deposit
Term Receipt, for the 12 month in Treasury / Bank Challan respect of the sum of
Rs. _________________/- representing the earnest money is herewith forwarded. The
amount of earnest money shall not bear interest and shall be liable to be forfeited to the
Government should I/ We fail to (1) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open for the
period mentioned above or (2) sign and complete the Contract documents as required by
the Engineer and furnish the security deposit as specified in the item (d) of the
memorandum contained in paragraph 1 above within the time limit laid down in clause (1)
of the annexed General Conditions of Contract. The amount of earnest money may be
adjusted towards the security deposit or refunded to me/us if so desired by me us in
writing, unless the same or any part thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.
      I/We have secured exemption from payment of earnest money after executing the
necessary bond in favour of the Government, a true copy of which is enclosed herewith.
Should any occasion for forfeiture of earnest money for this work arise due to failure on
my/our part to (1) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open; for the period mentioned
above or (2) sign and complete the Contract documents and furnish the security deposit as
specified in item (d) of the memorandum contained in paragraph 1 above within the time
limit laid down in clause (1) of the annexed General conditions of Contract the amount
payable by me/us may at the option of the Engineer, be recovered out of the amount
deposited in lump sum of securing exemption in so for the same may extend in terms of
the said bond and in the event of the deficiency out of any other money which are due or
payable to me/us by the Government under any other Contract or transaction of any nature
whatsoever or otherwise


Signature of Contractor                                     Contractor
before submission of Tender -                              Address


                                                           Dated the ____________

                                                           day of _______________ 2012

Signature of witness         (Witness)


Contractor’s signature   (Address)
(Occupation)
The above Tender is hereby accepted by me for and on behalf of the Governor of
Maharashtra.


                                                 Signature of the officer by whom accepted.
                                                  On dated the ____day of ________ 2012


Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections                 Executive Engineer
                                               28



                                      APPENDIX ‘A’

      Details of the works of similar type and magnitude carried out by the Tenderer
Sr.       Name of         Place and   Tendered       Time in      Stipulated    Principal
No.        work            Country       Cost         which         date of     Features
                                      Rs. In lakh   completed   completion &
                                                                     actual
                                                                    date of
                                                                 completion
                                                                 with reasons
                                                                 (if delayed)
  1           2              3            4              5             6            7




Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections           Executive Engineer
                                                             29


                                                        APPENDIX ‘B’
             Details of other works tendered for and works in hand as on the date of submission of the Tender.
Sr.     Name of Place &                  Works in hand                         Works tendered for                Remarks
No.      work    Country
                              Tendered      Cost of    Anticipated Estimate          Date by      Stipulated
                                 cost     remaining      date of         cost         which          date
                                Rs. in     work Rs.    completion       in Rs.     decision is or period of
                                lakh        In lakh                    Lakhs        expected     completion
  1       2           3           4            5            6             7             8              9           10




Signature of Contractor            No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                              30




                                      APPENDIX ‘C’
Details of plant & machinery immediately available with the Tenderer for use on this
                                     work.
Sr.        Name of            No.     Kind   Capacity        Age and      Present   Remarks
No.       equipment            of      of                    condition   location
                              Units   Make
 1             2               3       4           5            6           7           8
A.    Excavation,
      Compaction,
      Drilling            &
      Grouting
      Equipment
      1.
      2.
B.    3.
      Crushing,
      Concreting &
      Hoisting
      Equipment
C.
      1.
D.    2.
      3.
      Transporting
      Equipment
      Pumping,
      workshop &
      Miscellaneous
      Equipment
      1.
      2.
      3.




Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                            31


                                  APPENDIX ‘D’

                    Details of Technical Personnel with the Tenderer

Sr.        Description      Name in full      Length       Qualific   Professional    Remarks
No.                                              of         ation     Experience
                                              Service                 & details of
                                              in firm                 work carried
                                                                          out
 1              2                 3              4            5            6                7

 1.   Project Manager



2.    Works Manager
      (Civil.Senior
      Engineer)


3.
      Work Manager
      (Mechanical  and
      Electrical)
4.

      Supervisors




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                                          32

                                                 APPENDIX 'E'


                              DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTORS
   1.     I/We underscore the importance of a free, fair and competitive procurement process that
          precludes fraudulent use. In this respect we have neither offered nor granted, directly or
          indirectly, any inadmissible advantages to any public servants or other persons in connection
          with our bid, nor will we offer or grant any such incentives or conditions in the present
          procurement process or, in the event that we are awarded the contract, in the subsequent
          execution of the contract.
   2.     I/We            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Contractor (S)hereby undertake that I/We shall pay the labourers engaged on the work as
          indicated in Annexure ‘A’ to Section I-Detailed Tender Notice, wages as per Minimum
          Wages Act.1948 and amendments there to applicable to the zone in which work lies and act
          accordingly. I/We also undertake to abide by the various laws in force and extend necessary
          facilities and amenities to the staff and workers employed by me/us.
   3.     I/We hereby declare that I/We have made my self/ourselves/thoroughly conversant with the
          local conditions regarding all construction materials such as stone, sand, surklu, soil, murum,
          etc. and labour on which I/We have bided my/our rates for this work. The drawings
          specifications                of                this                work                  which.
          Are inclusive of all leads and lifts in involved in the work have been carefully studied and
          under stood by me before submitting the tender and I will not put forth any claim in this
          regard. The specifications of this work have been carefully studied and understood by me/us
          before submitting this tender. I undertake to use only the best materials approved by the
          Engineer-In-Charge or his duly authorized assistant before starting the work and abide by his
          decision. No claim will be put forth by me for any extra lead lift.
   4.     I/We hereby undertake to indemnify and hereby indemnify the Govt. against all liabilities
          arising out of application of all labour laws viz. the minimum wages act, ESIS and PF Act
          etc. with reference to labour engaged on subject work.
   5.     All leads and lifts charges for various construction materials required are included in the rates
          of items under the contract and are agreed by me/us unconditionally. No claim for lead & lift
          will be admissible is clear to me/us and I/We give an under-taking that no claim will be
          submitted by me/us in this regard.
   6.     I/We will inform our staff about their respective obligations and in particular about their
          obligations of fulfil this Declaration and to obey the laws of India and State of Maharashtra.




                                                                              SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR




Signature of Contractor                          No. of corrections                          Executive Engineer
                                            33

                                      APPENDIX 'F'


             FORM OF TERM DEPOSIT RECEIPT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR


No. _________________________________________________________________________
                                                                   (Name of Bank)


                TERM DEPOSIT RECEIPT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR


No. ___________________________________________________________________________



Received from the Executive Engineer _____________________________________________



the sum of Rupees _______________________________________________________________



which is placed to his credit with the ________________________________________________

                                                                  (Name of Bank)



__________________________________________________ as Term Deposit for the one year.




Signature of the Executive Engineer



                                                                   For
                                                            _________________________
                                                                  (Name of Bank)




AGENT




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections          Executive Engineer
                                           34


                                 APPENDIX - 'G'
                                BANK GUARANTEE
Security for performance :

1)   In consideration of the Governor of Maharashtra (hereinafter called as the
     Government) having agreed to exempt ____________________________________

     ___________________________________________________________________

     (hereinafter called ‘the said Contractor’) from the demand, under the terms and
     conditions of Agreement dated _________________________________________
     made between ________________________________________________________
     and _______________________________________________________ (here in
     after called ‘the said Agreement) of security deposit for the due fulfillment by the
     said Contractor of the terms and conditions contained in the said Agreement on
     production      of   a   Bank    Guarantee      for   Rs.    ……………….            (Rs.
     ……………………………only__________________________________________)

     we, ________________________________________________________________

     (here in after referred to as ‘the Bank’) at the request of _______________________
     ___________________________________Contractor do here by under take to Pay
     the Government an amount not exceeding Rs.________________ against any loss or
     damage caused to or suffered or would be caused to or suffered by the Government
     by reason of any breach by the said Contractor of any of the terms or conditions
     contained in said Agreement.

2)   We, ______________________________________________________________do
     hereby undertake to pay the amounts due and payable under this guarantee without
     any demur, merely on a demand from the Government stating that the amount
     claimed is due by way of loss or damages caused to or would be caused to or
     suffered by the Government by reason of breach by the said Contractor of any of the
     terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or by reason of the Contractor’s
     failure to perform the said Agreement. Any such demand made on the bank shall be
     conclusive as regards the amount due and payable by the Bank under this guarantee.


Signature of Contractor              No. of corrections            Executive Engineer
                                             35

     However our liability under this guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not
     exceeding Rs. _________________

3)   We undertake to pay to the Government any money so demanded not withstanding
     any dispute or disputes raised by the Contractor in any suit or proceeding pending
     before any court or Tribunal relating there to, our liability under this present being
     absolute and unequivocal.

     The payment so made by as under this bond shall be a valid discharge or our liability
     for payment there under and the Contractor shall have no claim against us for
     making such payment.

4)   We,__________________________________________________ further agree that
     the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and affect during the period
     that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreements and that it shall
     continue to be enforceable till dues of the Government under or by virtue of the said
     Agreements have been fully paid and its claims satisfied or discharged or till ______

     ____________________________________________________________________

     (Office/Department) Ministry of ________________________________________
     certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and
     properly carried out by the said Contractor and accordingly discharge this guarantee.
     Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before
     the ________________________________________________________________.

     We shall be discharged from all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter.

5)   We,________________________________________________________________
     further agree with the Government that the Government shall have the fullest liberty
     without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder
     to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement or to extend time of
     performance by the said Contractor from time to time or postpone for any time or
     from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Government against the said
     Contractor , and to for bear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the
     said Agreement, and we shall not to be relieved from our liability by reason of any
     such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor or for any

Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            36

     forbearance act, or Commission on the part of the Government or any indulgence by
     the Government to the said Contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever
     which under the law relating to sureties would” but for this provision, have effect of
     so relieving us .

6)   This guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the
     Bank or the Contractor.

7)   We, ________________________________________________________________

     lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with the
     previous consent of the Government in writing.

     Dated the ____________________________ day of _________________ 20

     for _________________________________________________________________

     ____________________ (indicate the name of Bank) _________________________




Signature of Contractor              No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            37

                          CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
CLAUSE - 1: SECURITY DEPOSIT

The person/persons whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor)
which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs,
executors, administrators, and assigns) shall

(A) within 10 days, which may be extended by the Superintending Engineer, concerned,
    upto 15 days (if the Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do so)] of the receipt by
    him of the notification of the acceptance of his tender deposit with the Executive
    Engineer in cash or in Government securities endorsed to the Executive Engineer, (if
    deposited for more than 12 months) of sum sufficient which will made up the full
    Security Deposit specified in the tender or

(B) permit Government at the time of making any payment to him for work done under
    the contract to deduct such a bill amount to Four percent of all money so payable
    such deduction to be held by the Government, by way of security deposit, provided
    always that in the event of the contractor depositing a lump-sum by way of security
    deposit as contemplated at (A) above, then and in such case, if the sum so deposited
    shall not amount to Four percent of the total estimated cost of the work it shall be
    lawful for Government at the time of making any payment to the contractor for work
    done under the contract to make up the full amount of Four percent by deducing a
    sufficient sum on such payment as last aforesaid until the full amount of the Security
    Deposit is made up. All compensation or other sums of money payable by the
    contractor to Government under the terms of his contract may be deducted from or
    paid by the sale of sufficient part of his Security Deposit or from the interest arising
    there from, or from any sums which may be due or may become due by Government
    to the contractor under any other contract or transaction of any nature on any account
    whatsoever and in the event of his Security Deposit being reduced by reason of any
    such deductions or sale as aforesaid the contractor shall, within ten days thereafter,
    make good in cash or Government securities endorsed as aforesaid any sum or sums
    which may have been deducted from or raised by sale of his Security Deposit or any
    part thereof. The security Deposit referred to, when paid in cash may, at the cost of
    the depositor, be converted into interest bearing securities provided that the depositor
    has expressly desired this in writing.

       If the amount of the security deposits to be paid in a lump sum within the period
specified at (A) above, the tender/ Contract already accepted shall be considered as
cancelled and legal steps taken against the contractor for recovery of the amounts. The
amount of the Security Deposit lodged by a contractor shall be refunded along with the
payment of the final bill if the date upto which the contractor has agreed to maintain the
work in good order, is over. If such date is not over, only 50% amount of Security Deposit
shall be refunded along with the payment of the final bill. The amount of Security deposit
retained by the Government shall be released after expiry of period up to which the
contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In the event of the
contractor failing or neglecting to complete rectification of work within the period up to

Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                               38

which the contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order, than, subject to
provisions of clause- 17 and clause- 20 hereof, the amount of Security Deposit retained by
Government shall be adjusted towards the excess cost incurred by the department on
rectification work.

Additional Security Deposit

In case contractor's offer is less than 90% or more than 110% of the updated estimates cost
put to tender additional security deposit in the from of irrevocable Bank Guarantee valid
for entire period of contract, shall be submitted to the engineer-in-charge at the time of
completing tender documents. The Additional Security Deposit to be paid by the
contractor will be worked out as below.

Additional Security Deposit         S      =        (P-10) x 10
                                                            100
Where,

   S = Percentage @ which the additional security deposit will have to be paid on the
       estimated cost put to under.

   P* = Percentage quoted by tenderer above or below the estimated rates.

Non submission of the above Additional Security Deposit will result into forfeiture of the
EMD

The additional Security Deposit shall be refunded to the contractor on issuing of the
completion certificate by the engineer-in-charge as stipulated in the Clause No 7 of the
contract, provided that the engineer-in-charge, if demanded in writing by the contractor
shall, from time to time, release the Additional Security Deposit in parts which are
proportionate to the amount of the completed work.

The Security Deposit will not be accepted in form of insurance, cost bond.

Note :- * This will be the same percentage as that in the tender at (e).

CLAUSE – 2: COMPENSATION FOR DELAY

The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be strictly
observed by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to
commence work is given to the contractor. The work shall, throughout the stipulated
period of the contract, be proceeded with, with all due diligence (time being deemed to be
the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor) and the contractor shall pay as
compensation an amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount as the
Superintending Engineer, (whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide, of the
amount of the estimated cost of the whole work as shown in the tender for every day that
the work remains un-commenced, or unfinished after the proper date. And further to



Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                            39

ensure good progress during the execution of the work, the contractor shall be bound in all
cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month to complete.
                % of the work        % of the time
                      30%                25%
                      60%                50%
                      95%                75%
                     100%                100%

Note
The quantity of the work to be done within a particular time to be specified above shall be
fixed and insured in balance space kept for the purpose by the officer competent to accept
the contracts (after taking into consideration the circumstances of each case) and abide by
the program of detailed progress laid down by the Executive Engineer

The following proportion will usually be found suitable in percentage of the time
*Reasonable progress of earth work in 1/4, 1/2, 3/4 of the total period 30%, 60%, 95%
progress respectively of value of work.

In the event of the contractor failing to comply with this condition he shall be liable to
pay, as compensation, an amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount as the
Superintending Engineer, whose decision in writing shall be final, may decide of the
estimated cost of the whole work for every day that the due quantity of work remains
incomplete.

Provided always that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provision of
this Clause shall not exceed 10% of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the tender.

CLAUSE-3: ACTION WHEN WHOLE OF SECURITY DEPOSIT IS FORFEITED

In any case in which under any Clause or Clauses of this contract, the contractor shall
have rendered himself liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his Security
Deposit (whether paid in one sum or deducted by installments) or in case of abandonment
of the work, owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any other cause, the
Executive Engineer on behalf of the Government of Maharashtra, shall have power to
adopt any of the following courses, he may deem best suited to the interest of
Government.

a)   To rescind the contract (of which rescission notice in writing to the contractor under
     the hand of the Executive Engineer, shall be conclusive evidence) and in that case the
     Security Deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at the
     disposal of Government.

b)   To carryout the work or any part of the work departmentally debiting the contractor
     with the cost of the work, expenditure incurred on tools ad plants, and charges on


Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                             40

     additional supervisory; staff including the cost of work-charged establishment
     employed for getting the un-executed part of the work completed and crediting him
     with the value of the work done departmentally in all respect in the same manner and
     at the same rate as if it had been carried out by the contractor under the terms of his
     contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the cost and other allied
     expenses so incurred and as to the value of the work so done departmentally shall be
     final and conclusive against the contractor.

c)   To order that the work of the contract be measured up, to take such part thereof, as
     shall be unexecuted out of his hands and to give it to another contractor to complete,
     in which case all expenses incurred on advertisement for fixing a new contract /
     agency, additional supervisory staff including the cost of work-charged establishment
     and cost of the work executed by the new contract agency will be debited to the
     contractor and the value of the work done or executed through the new contractor
     shall be credited to the contractor in all respects and in the same manner and at the
     same rates as if it has been carried out by the contractor under the terms of his
     contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as to all the cost of the work and
     other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work done by
     the new contractor and as to the value of the work so done shall be final and
     conclusive against the contractor.

d)   In case the contract, shall be rescinded under clause(a) above, the contractor shall not
     be entitled to recover or be paid, any sum for any work therefore actually performed
     by him under this contract unless and until the Executive Engineer shall have
     certified in writing the performance of such work and the amount payable to him in
     respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified. In the
     event of either of the courses referred to in clause (a) or (c) being adopted and the
     cost of the work executed departmentally or through a new contractor and other
     allied expenses exceeding the value of such work credited to the contractor, the
     amount of excess shall be deducted from any money due to the contractor by
     government under the contract or otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit
     or the sale proceeds thereof provided, however, that the contractor shall have no
     claim against Govt. Even if, the certified value of the work done departmentally or
     though a new contractor exceeds the certified cost of such work and allied expenses,
     provided always that whichever of the three courses mentioned in clauses (a), (b) or
     (c) is adopted by the Executive Engineer, the contractor shall have no claim to
     compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or
     procured any materials, or entered into any engagements, or made any advances on
     account of, with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the
     contract.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             41

CLAUSE-4: ACTION WHEN THE PROGRESS OF ANY PARTICULAR
          PORTION OF THE WORK IS UNSATISFACTORY

If the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory, the Executive
Engineer shall not withstanding that the general progress of the work is in accordance with
clause, be entitled to take action under Clause- 3(b), after giving the contractor ten days’
notice in writing and the contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss
sustained by him owning to such action.

CLAUSE-5: CONTRACTOR REMAINS LIABLE TO PAY COMPENSATION IF
          ACTION NOT TAKEN UNDER CLAUSE- 3

If any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by Clause-
3 & Clause-4 hereof shall have become exercisable and the same shall not have been
exercised, the non exercise, thereof shall not constitute a waiver of any of the conditions
hereof and such powers shall notwithstanding be exercisable in any future case of default
by the contractor for which under any Clause or Clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay
compensation amounting to the whole of his Security Deposit and the liability of the
contractor for past and future compensation shall remain unaffected.
Power to take a possession of or require removal of or sell contractor's plant
In the event of the Executive Engineer taking, action under sub clause (a) or (c) of clause 3
may, if he so desires, take possession of all or any tools, plant, materials and stores in or
upon the work or the site thereof or belonging to the contractor, or procured by him and
intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or allowing
for the same in account at the contract rates or in the case of contract rates not being
applicable at current market rates, to be certified by the Executive Engineer whose
certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the Executive Engineer may, by notice
in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the work, foremen or other authorized agent
require him to remove tools, plant, materials, or stores from the premises within a time
specified in such notice, and in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any such
requisition, the Executive Engineer, may remove them at the contractor's expense or sell
them by auction or private sale at the risk and account of the contractor in all respects; and
the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the expenses of any such removal and the
amount of the proceeds and expenses of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against
the contractor.

CLAUSE-6: EXTENSION OF TIME

If the contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of work on the
grounds of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other grounds,
he shall apply in writing to the Executive Engineer before the expiry of the period
stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of 30 days from the date on which he was
hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause for asking for extension occurred, whichever
is earlier and the Executive Engineer may with prior approval of the officer accepting
tenders, if in his opinion there are reasonable grounds for granting an extension grant such
extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Executive Engineer in this
matter shall be final.


Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            42


CLAUSE-7: FINAL CERTIFICATE

On completion of the work the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by the
Executive Engineer (hereinafter called engineer-in-charge) of such completion but no such
certificate shall be given or shall the work be considered to be completed until the
contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work shall have been
executed all scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish, and shall have cleaned off the dirt
from all woodwork, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of any building in or upon
which the work has been executed, or of which may have had possession for the purpose
of executing the work, not until the work shall have been measured by the engineer-in-
charge, or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinates, until they have
received the approval of the engineer-in-charge, the said measurements being binding and
conclusive against the contractor. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the
requirements of this clause as to the removal of scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish
and cleaning of dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of the work, the
engineer-in-charge may, at the expenses of the contractor, remove such scaffolding,
surplus materials and rubbish and dispose of the same as he thinks fit and clean off such
dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay the amount of all expenses so
incurred, but shall have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as
aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof.

CLAUSE-8: PAYMENTS ON INTERMEDIATE CERTIFICATE TO BE
          REGARDED AS ADVANCES

No payment shall be made for any work, estimated to cost less than Rupees one thousand,
before whole of the work is completed and a certificate of completion given. But in the
case of the works estimated to cost more than Rupees one thousand the contractor shall on
submitting a monthly bill thereof, be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part
of the work then approved and passed by the engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such
approval and passing of the sum so payable, shall be final and conclusive against the
contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as payments by way of
advance against the final payments only and not as payments for work actually done and
completed, and shall not preclude the engineer-in-charge from requiring bad unsound,
imperfect or unskillful work to be removed or taken away and reconstructed or re-erected,
nor shall any such payment be considered as an admission of the due performance of the
contract or any part thereof in any respect or the accruing of any claim, not shall it
conclude, determine or affect in any other way the power of engineer-in-charge as to the
final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise, or in any other way vary or
affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of
the date fixed for the completion of the work, otherwise the engineer-in-charge's
certificate of the measurements and of the total amount payable for the work shall be final
and binding on all parties.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                              43

CLAUSE-9: PAYMENT AT REDUCED RATES ON ACCOUNT OF ITEMS OF
          WORK NOT ACCEPTED AS COMPLETED TO BE AT THE
          DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE

The rates for several items of works estimated to cost more than Rs. 1000/- agreed to
within, shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having completed fully
in accordance with the sanctioned specifications. In cases where the items of works are not
accepted as, so completed, the engineer-in-charge may make payment on account of such
items at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or on
account bills.

CLAUSE-10: BILLS TO BE SUBMITTED MONTHLY

A bill shall be submitted by the contractor in each month or before the date fixed by the
engineer-in-charge for all works executed in the previous month, and the Executive-in-
charge shall take or cause to be taken the requisite measurements for the purpose of
having the same verified and the claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be taken adjusted, if
possible, within 10 days from the presentation of the bill. If the contractor does not submit
the bill within the time fixed as foresaid, engineer-in-charge may depute a subordinate to
measure up to said work in presence of contractor or his duly authorized agent whose
counter signature to the measurement list shall be sufficient warrant and the engineer-in-
charge may prepare a bill from such list which shall be binding on the contractor in all
respects.

CLAUSE-11: BILLS TO BE SUBMITTED ON PRINTED FORMS

The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms to be had on application at the
office of the engineer-in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be
entered at the rates specified in the tender or in the case of any extra work ordered in
pursuance of these conditions, and not mentioned or provided for in the tender, at the rates
hereinafter provided for such work.

CLAUSE-12: STORES SUPPLIED BY GOVERNMENT

If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any special description
of materials to be supplied from the departmental stores or if it is required that the
contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge, (Such
material and stores and the prices to be charged therefore as hereinafter mentioned being
so far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so as in any way to
control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the schedule or memorandum
hereto annexed) the contractor shall be supplied with such materials and stores as may be
required from time to time to be used by him for the purposes of the contract only and the
value of the full quantity of materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or deducted
from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract
or otherwise or from the security deposit, on the proceeds of sale thereof, if the deposit is
held in Government securities, same or sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be sold
for the purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property


Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                              44

of Government and shall on no account be removed from the site of the work and shall at
all time to open to inspection by the Engineer-in-charge. Any such materials unused and in
perfectly good condition at the time of completion or determination of the contract shall be
returned to the Department store, if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in a
writing given under his hand but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such
materials except with such consent of Engineer-in-charge and he shall have no claim or
compensation on account of any such materials supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining
unused by him or for any wastage in or damage thereto.

CLAUSE-12 (A)

All stores of controlled materials such as cement, steel etc. supplied by Govt. shall be kept
by the contractor under lock and key and they will be accessible to inspection by the
Executive Engineer or his authorized agent.

CLAUSE-13: WORKS TO BE, EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
           SPECIFICATIONS, DRAWINGS, ORDERS ETC

The contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial
and workman like manner and both as regards materials and in every other respect in strict
accordance with specifications. The contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and
faithfully to the designs, drawings and instructions, in writing relating to the work, i.e.
signed by the engineer-in-charge and lodged in his office and to which the contractor shall
be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection, etc., at such office or on the site of
work during office hours. The contractor will be entitled to receive three sets of contract
drawings and working drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted tender along
with the work order, free of cost. Further copies of contract drawings and working
drawings, if required by him shall be supplied at the rate of Rs. 1000/- per set of contract
drawing and Rs.120/- per working drawing except where otherwise specified.

CLAUSE-14: ALTERATION IN SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGNS NOT TO
           INVALIDATE CONTRACTS

The engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations in, or additions to the
original specifications, drawings designs and instructions that may appear to him to be a
necessary or advisable during the progress of the work, and the contractor shall be bound
to carry out the work in accordance with any instructions in this connection which may be
given to him in writing signed by engineer-in-charge and such alteration shall not
invalidate the contract and any additional work which the contractor may be directed to do
in the manner above specified in the tender for the main work for which no rate is
specified in this contact, then such class of work shall be carried out at the rates entered in
the schedule of rates of the division or at the rate mutually agreed upon between the
engineer-in-charge and the contractor whichever is lower.




Signature of Contractor                 No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                             45

Rates for works not entered in estimate or schedule of rates of the district
If the additional or altered work for which no rate is entered in the schedule of rates of the
division, is ordered to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon then the contractor
shall, within 7 days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform
the engineer-in-charge of the rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work,
and if the engineer-in-charge does not agree to this rate he shall by notice in writing be at
liberty to cancel his order to carry it out such class of work and arrange to carry out in
such manner as he may consider advisable, provided always that the contractor shall
commence work or incur any expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the
determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rates or rates as shall be fixed by
the engineer-in-charge. In the event of dispute, the decision of the Superintending
Engineer of the circle will be final.

Extension of time in consequence of additions or alterations
The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that the
increase in its cost occasioned by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the original
contract work and the certificate of the engineer-in-charge as to such proportion shall be
conclusive.

CLAUSE-15: NO CLAIM TO ANY PAYMENT OR COMPENSATION FOR
           ALTERNATION IN OR RESTRICTION WORK

1)   If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the engineer-in-charge
     shall for any reason whatsoever (other than default on the part of the contractor for
     which the Government is entitled to rescind the contract) desires that the whole or
     any part of the work specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or
     that the whole or any part of the work should not be carried out at all, he shall give to
     the contractor a notice in writing of such desire and upon the receipt of such notice
     the contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop the work wholly or in part as required,
     after having due regard to the appropriate stage at which the work should be stopped
     or suspended, so as not to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or
     endanger the safety thereof provided that the decision of the engineer-in-charge as to
     the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or could have been safely
     stopped or suspended shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. The
     contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason
     of or in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid on account of any suspension, stoppage
     or curtailment except to the extent specified hereinafter.

2)   Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continued for a continuous
     period exceeding 90 days, the contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the
     contractual obligations under the contract so far as it pertains to the unexecuted part
     of the work by giving a 10 days prior notice in writing to the Engineer within 30 days
     of the expiry of the said period of 90 days, of such intention and requiring the
     Engineer to record the final measurements of the work already done and to pay the
     final bill. Upon giving such notice the contractor shall be deemed to have been
     discharged from his obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under this
     contract. On receipt of such notice the Executive Engineer shall proceed to complete


Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            46

     the measurements and make such payment as may be finally due to the contractor
     within a period of 90 days from the work already done by the contractor. Such
     payment shall not in any manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any further
     compensation under the remaining provision of this clause.

3)   Where the engineer-in-charge requires the contractor to suspend the work for a
     period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the aggregate, the contractor
     shall be entitled to apply to the engineer-in-charge within 30 days of resumption of
     work after such suspension for payment of compensation to the executive tent of
     pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery rendered idle on the
     site or on account of his having had to pay the salary or wages of labour engaged by
     him during the said period of suspension, provided always that the contractor shall
     not be entitled to any claim in respect of any such working machinery, salary or
     wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the aggregate of such
     suspension or in respect of any suspension whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory
     work or any other default on his part. The decision of the engineer-in-charge in this
     regard shall be final and conclusive against the contractor.

4)   IN THE EVENT OF

     i)    Any total stoppage of work on notice from the engineer-in-charge under sub
           clause (1) in that behalf.

     ii)   Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the
           remaining unexecuted work under sub clause (2) on account of continued
           suspension of work for a period exceeding 90 days.

     iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on account of
          any alteration omission or substitutions in the specifications, drawings and
          designs or instructions under Clause 14 (1) where such curtailment exceeds
          25% in quantity and the value of the quantity curtailed beyond 25% at the rate
          for the items specified in the tender is more than Rs. 5,000/-.

     It shall be open to the contractor within 90 days from the service of (i) the notice of
     stoppage of work or (ii) the notice of the withdrawal from the contractual obligations
     under the contract on account of the continued suspension of work or (iii) notice
     under Clause 14 (1) resulting in such curtailment, to produce the engineer-in-charge
     satisfactory documentary evidence that he had purchased or agreed to purchase
     material for use in the contracted work, before receipt by him of the notice of
     stoppage, suspension, or curtailment and require the government to take over on
     payment of such material at the rates determined by the engineer-in-charge provided
     however, such rates shall in no case exceed the rates at which the same were acquired
     by the contractor. The government shall thereafter take over the material so offered,
     provided the quantities offered are not in excess of the requirement of the unexecuted
     works as specified in the accepted tender and are of quality and specification
     approved by the Engineer. [PW& H Dept. circular memorandum No. CAT
     126859382 QI dated 22/2/78.]


Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                              47


CLAUSE-15 (A): NO CLAIM TO COMPENSATION ON ACCOUNT OF LOSS
               DUE TO DELAY IN SUPPLY OF MATERIALS BY
               GOVERNMENT

The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Government for the
loss suffered by him on account of delay by Government in the supply materials entered in
Schedule "A" where such delay is caused by

     i)    Difficulties relating to supply of railway wagons.

     ii)   Force majure

     iii) Act of God

     iv) Act of enemies of the state or any other reasonable cause beyond the control of
         Government.

In the case of such delay in the supply of materials Government shall grant such extension
of time for the completion of the works as shall appear to the Executive Engineer to be
reasonable in accordance with the circumstances of the case. The decision of the
Executive Engineer as to extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor.

CLAUSE-16: TIME LIMIT FOR UNFORESEEN CLAIMS

Under no circumstances, whatsoever, shall the contractor be entitled to any compensation
from Government on any account unless the contractor shall have submitted a claim in
writing to the engineer-in-charge within one month of the cause of such claim occurring.

CLAUSE-17: ACTION AND COMPENSATION PAYABLE IN CASE OF
           BAD WORK

If at any time before the security deposit or any part thereof is refunded to the contractor it
shall appear to the engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the work, that any
work has been executed with unsound/imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with
materials of inferior quality or that any materials or articles provided by him for the
execution of the work are unsound, or of a quality inferior to that contracted for, or are
otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be lawful for the engineer-in-charge
to intimate this fact in writing to the contractor and then not withstanding the fact that the
work, materials or articles complained of may have been inadvertently passed, certified
and paid for, the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify, or remove and reconstruct
the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or if so required, shall
remove the materials or articles so specified and provide other proper and suitable
materials or articles at his own charge and cost and in the event of his failing to do so
within a period to be specified by the engineer-in-charge in the written intimation
aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rate of one percent on
the amount of the estimate for every day not exceeding 10 days, during which the failure


Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                             48

so continuous and in the case of any such failure the engineer-in-charge may rectify or
remove and re-execute the work or remove and replace the materials or articles
complained of as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor.
Should the engineer-in-charge consider that any such inferior work or materials as
described above may be accepted or made use of it shall be within the discretion to accept
the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore.

CLAUSE-18: WORK TO BE OPEN TO INSPECTION. CONTRACTOR OR
           RESPONSIBLE AGENT TO BE PRESENT

All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at
all times be open to the inspection and supervision of the engineer-in-charge and his
subordinates, and the contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours, and at
all other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of the engineer-in-charge or his
sub ordinate to visit the works shall have been given to the contractor, either himself, be
present to receive orders and instructions or have responsible agent duly accredited in
writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the contractor's duly authorized agent
shall be considered to have the same force and effect as if they had been given to the
contractor himself.

CLAUSE-19: NOTICE TO BE GIVEN BEFORE WORK IS COVERED UP

The contractor shall give not less than five days’ notice in writing to the engineer-in-
charge or his subordinate in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing
beyond the reach of measurements any work in order that the same may be measured, and
correct dimensions thereof taken before the same is so covered, up or placed beyond the
reach of measurements and if any work, shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of
measurement without such notice having been given or consent obtained the same shall be
uncovered at the contractor's expenses and in default thereof no payment or allowance
shall be made for such work or for the materials with which the same was executed. [PWH
Department Mumbai's circular No CAT 1270/2632 Desk-2 dated 09/05/1977.]

CLAUSE-20: CONTRACTOR LIABLE FOR DAMAGE DONE AND FOR
           IMPERFECTIONS

If during the period of 24 months from the date of completion as certified by the engineer-
in-charge pursuant to Clause 7 of the contract or 24 months after commissioning the work,
whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Executive Engineer, the said work is defective in
any manner whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf
from the Executive Engineer, duly commence execution and completely carry out at his
cost in every respect all the work that may be necessary for rectifying and setting right the
defects specified therein including dismantling and reconstruction of unsafe portions
strictly in accordance with and in the manner prescribed and under the supervision of the
Executive Engineer. In the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to commence
execution of the said rectification work within the period prescribed therefore, in the said
notice and or to complete the same as aforesaid as required by the said notice, the
Executive Engineer get the same executed and carried out departmentally or by any other


Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             49

agency at the risk on account and at the cost of the contractor. The contractor shall
forthwith on demand pay to the Government the amount of such cost, charges and
expenses sustained or incurred by the Government of which certificate of the Executive
Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor. Such costs, charges and expenses
shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue and in the event of the contractor failing or
neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights
and remedies of the Government; the same may be recovered from the contractor as
arrears of land revenue. The Government shall also be entitled to deduct the same from
any amount which may then be payable or which may therefore become payable by the
Government to the contractor either in respect of the said work or any other work,
whatsoever or from the amount of security deposit retained by Government.

CLAUSE-21: CONTRACTORS TO SUPPLY PLANT, LADDERS,
           SCAFFOLDINGS, ETC.

The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such special materials, if
any, as may, be supplied from the Water Conservation Department Stores in accordance
with the contract) plant, tools appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle, scaffolding
and any temporary works which may be required for the proper execution of the work, in
the original, alternate or substituted form and whether included in the specifications, other
documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not and which
may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with requirements of the
engineer-in-charge as to any matter on which under these conditions he is entitled to be
satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together with carriage therefore to and from the
work.

The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with the
means and materials necessary for the purpose of setting out works, and counting,
weighing and assisting in the measurements or examination at any time and from time to
time of the work or the materials, failing this the same may be provided by the engineer-
in-charge at the expense of the contractor and the expense may be deducted from any
money due to the contractor under the contract from his security deposit or the proceeds of
sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof contractor is liable for damages arising from
non-provision of lights, fencing etc. The contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and
lights required to protect the public from accident, shall also be bound to bear the expenses
of defense of every suit, action or other legal proceedings, at law, that may be brought by
any person for injury sustained owning to neglect of the above precautions and to pay any
damages and costs which may be awarded in any such suit action in proceedings to any
such person, or which may with the contractor be paid in compromising any claim by any
such person.




Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             50

CLAUSE-21 (A):

The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platform, gangways and
stairways and shall comply with the following regulation in connection therewith.

     a)   Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be
          safely done from a ladder or by other means

     b)   A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down, or substantially altered except.

          i)    Under the supervision of a competent and responsible person and

          ii)   As far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience
                in this kind of work.

     c)   All scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall.

          i)    be of sound material

          ii)   be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which
                they will be subjected and

          iii) be maintained in proper condition

     d)   Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be displaced in
          consequence of normal use.

     e)   Scaffolds shall not be over-loaded and so far as practicable the load shall be
          evenly distributed.

     f)   Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to
          ensure the strength and stability of the scaffolds.

     g)   Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by competent persons.

     h)   Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall,
          whether the scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to
          ensure that it complies fully with the regulations here-in-specified.

          i)    Working platforms gangways and stairways shall

          ii)   be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally

          iii) be so constructed and maintained having regard to the prevailing
               conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risk or persons and stripping or
               slipping, and iv) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction



Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                            51

     i)   In the case of the working platforms, gangways or working places and stair
          ways at a height exceeding (To be specified) 3 meters.

          i)    Every working platform and every gangway shall be closely boarded
                unless other adequate measure is taken to ensure safety.

          ii)   Every working platform, gangway working place and stairways shall be
                suitably fenced.

     k)   Every opening in the floor of a building or in working platform shall, except for
          the time and to the extent required to allow the access of persons or the
          transport of shifting of materials, be provided with suitable means to prevent the
          fall of persons or materials.

     I)   When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of falling from a
          height exceeding 3 meters, suitable precautions (to be prescribed) shall be taken
          to prevent the fall of persons or materials.

     m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles
        which might fall from scaffolds or other working places.

     n)   Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other
          working places.

     o)   The contractor(s) will have to make payments to the labours as per Minimum
          Wages Act.

CLAUSE- 21 (B):

The contractor shall comply with the following regulations as regards the hoisting
appliances to be used by him.

     a)   Hoisting machines and tackle, including their attachments anchorages and
          supports shall

          i)    be of good mechanical constructions, sound material and adequate strength
                and free from patent defect and

          ii)   be kept in good repairs and in good working order.

     b)   Every rope used in hoisting for lowering materials or as a means of suspension
          shall be of suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect

     c)   Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and adequately tested after
          erection on the site and before use and be re-examined in position at intervals to
          be prescribed by the Government.



Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                             52

     d)   Every chain, ring, hook shackle, swivel and pulley block used in hoisting or
          lowering materials or as a mean of suspension shall be periodically examined.

     e)   Every crane driver or hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified.

     f)   No person who is below age of 18 years shall be in control of any hoisting
          machine, including any scaffold which, or give signals to the operator.

     g)   In the case of hoisting machine and of every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel
          and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering or as means of suspension the safe
          working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.

     h)   Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in preceding regulation shall be
          plainly marked with safe working load.

     i)   In the case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load each safe
          working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly
          indicated.

     j)   No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred to in regulation g)
          above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of
          testing.

     k)   Motors gearing, transmissions, Electric wires and other dangerous part of
          hoisting appliances, shall be provided with efficient safeguards.

     l)   Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to a
          minimum the risk of the accidental decent of the load.

     m) Adequate precautions shall be taken to reduce to a minimum the risk of any part
        of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced.

CLAUSE-22: MEASURE FOR PREVENTION OF FIRE

The contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle trees, grass without a written permit
from the Executive Engineer when such permit is given and also in cases when destroying
out or dug up trees brush woods, grass, etc. by fire, the contractor shall take necessary
measures to prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding property.
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for drinking water for the labour
employed by him and provide sanitary and other arrangements.

CLAUSE-23: LIABILITY OF CONTRACTORS FOR ANY DAMAGE DONE OR
           OUTSIDE WORK AREA

Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by contractors, labour
whether in or beyond the limits of Government property including any damage caused by
the spreading of fire mentioned in clause 22 shall be estimated by the engineer-in-charge


Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             53

or such other officer as he may appoint and the estimates of the engineer-in-charge subject
to the decision of the Superintending Engineer on appeal shall be final and contractor shall
be bound to pay the amount of the assessed compensation on demand failing which the
same will recovered from the contractor as damages in the manner prescribed in clause 1
or deducted by the engineer-in-charge from any sums that may be due or become due from
Government to the contractor under this contract or otherwise.
The contractor shall bear the expenses of defending any action or other legal proceedings
that may be brought by any person for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of
precautions to prevent the spread of fire and he shall pay any damages and cost that may
be awarded by the court in consequences.

CLAUSE-24: EMPLOYMENT OF FEMALE LABOUR

The employment of female labours on works in the neighborhood of soldier’s barracks
should be avoided as far as possible.

CLAUSE-25: WORK ON WEEKLY HOLIDAYS

No work shall be done on holydays without sanction in writing of the engineer-in-charge

CLAUSE-26: WORK NOT TO SUBLET, CONTRACT MAY BE RESCINDED
           AND SECURITY DEPOSIT FORFEITED FOR SUBLETTING IT
           WITHOUT APPROVAL OR FOR BRIBING A GOVERNMENT
           OFFICER OR IF CONTRACTOR BECOMES INSOLVENT

The contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the engineer-
in-charge. Contract may be rescinded and security deposit forfeited if subletting is with
approval or for bribing a public officer or if contractor becomes insolvent, and if the
contractor shall assign or sublet his contract, or attempt so to do or become insolvent or
commence any proceeding to be adjudicated an insolvent or make any composition with
his creditors, or attempt so to do the engineer-in-charge may by notice in writing, rescind
the contract. Also if any bribe, gratuity, gift, loan, perquisite reward or advantage pedantry
or otherwise, shall either directly or indirectly be given, promised, or offered by the
contractor or any of his servants or agents to any public officer or person in the
employment of Government in any way relating to his office of employment, or if any
such officer or person shall become in any way directly of indirectly interested in the
contract the engineer-in-charge may by notice in writing rescind the contract. In the event
of a contract being rescinded the security deposit of the contractor shall thereupon stand
forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Government and the same consequences shall
ensure as if the contract had been rescinded under clause 3 hereof & in addition the
contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore actually
performed under the contract.




Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                             54

CLAUSE-27: SUM PAYABLE BY WAY OF COMPENSATION TO BE
           CONSIDERED AS REASONABLE COMPENSATION WITHOUT
           REFERENCE TO ACTUAL LOSS

All sums payable by contractor by way of compensation under any of these shall be
considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of government without
reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has or has not
been sustained.

CLAUSE-28: CHANGES IN THE CONSTITUTION OF FIRM TO BE NOTIFIED

In the case of tender by the partners any change in the constitution of the firm shall be
forthwith notified by the contractor to the engineer-in-charge for his information.

CLAUSE-29: WORK TO BE UNDER DIRECTION AND CONTROL OF
           SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER

All works to be executed under the contract shall be executed under the direction and
control and subject to the approval in all respects of the Superintending Engineer of the
Circle for the time being, who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what
manner they are to be commenced and from time to time, carried on.

CLAUSE-30

1)   DECISIONS OF SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER TO BE FINAL

     Except where otherwise specified in the contract and subject to the powers delegated
     to him by Government under the code rules then in force the decision of the
     Superintending Engineer of circle for the time being shall be final, conclusive and
     binding on all parties to the contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of the
     specifications, designs, drawing and instructions, herein before mentioned and as to
     the quality of workmanship or materials used on the work or as to any other question,
     claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever, in any way arising out of or relating to the
     contracts, designs, drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these
     conditions, or otherwise concerning the work, or the execution, or failure to execute
     the same whether arising, during the progress of the work, or after the completion or
     abandonment thereof.

2)   The contractor may within thirty days of receipt by him of any order passed by the
     Superintending Engineer of the Circle as aforesaid appeal against it to the Chief
     Engineer concerned with the contract, work or project, provided that:

     a)   The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 10 lakhs (Rupees Ten lakhs)

     b)   Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 lakh (Rupees One lakh)




Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            55

3)   If the contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief Engineer as
     aforesaid the contractor may, within thirty days of receipt by him of any such order,
     appeal against it to the concerned Secretary, Rural Development & Water
     Conservation Department, who if convinced, that prima-facie the contractor's claim
     rejected by Superintending Engineer/Chief Engineer is not frivolous and that there is
     some substance in the claim of contractor as would merit a detailed examination and
     decision by the Standing Committee, shall order to put up to the same to the Standing
     Committee at the Government level for suitable decision.

CAUSE-31: STORES OF EUROPEAN OR AMERICAN MANUFACTURE TO BE
          OBTAINED FROM GOVERNMENT

                                           DELETED


CLAUSE-32: LUMP SUMS IN ESTIMATES

When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sum in respect of the of the
contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the items of work involved or the part
of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for such items;
or if the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the engineer-in-charge
capable of measurement the engineer-in-charge may at his discretion pay the lump sum
amount entered in the estimate, and the certificate in writing of the engineer-in-charge
shall be final and conclusive against the contractor with regard to any sum or all sums
payable to him under the provision of this clause.

CLAUSE-33: ACTION WHERE NO SPECIFICATIONS

In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is mentioned in
rule 1, such work shall be carried out in accordance with divisional specifications and in
the event of there being no divisional specifications then in such case the work shall be
carried out in all respects in all respects with the instructions and requirements of the
engineer-in-charge.

CLAUSE-34: DEFINITION OF WORK

The expression "works" or "work" where used in these conditions, shall unless there be
something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be constructed to mean
the work or works contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract, whether
temporary or permanent and whether original, altered substituted or additional.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            56

CLAUSE-35

Contractor’s percentage whether applied to net or gross amounts of bill, the percentage
referred to in the tender shall be deducted from / added to the gross amount of the bill
before deducting the value of any stock issued. [As per G.R.P. W.D.No. CAT/1080/CR-
330 Bldg-2 dated 10/06/87]

CLAUSE-36: REFUND OF QUARRY FEES AND ROYALTIES

All quarry fees, royalties, octroies dues and ground rent for stacking materials, if any
should be paid by the contractor.

CLAUSE- 37: COMPENSATION UNDER WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION ACT

The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his workmen
payable under the Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 (VIII of 1923) (hereinafter called
as the said act), for Injuries caused to the workmen If such compensation is payable and/or
paid by Government as principal employer under sub section (1) of section 12 of the said
act on behalf of the contractor, it shall be recoverable by Government from the contractor
under sub-section (2) of the said section. Such compensation shall be recovered in the
manner laid down in clause 1 above.

CLAUSE- 37 (A)

The contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay the expenses of providing medical aid
any workmen who may suffer a bodily injury as a result of an accident. If such expenses
are incurred by Government the same shall be recoverable from the contractor forthwith
and be deducted without prejudice to any other remedy of Government from any due that
may become due to the contractor.

CLAUSE- 37 (B)

The contractor shall provide all necessary personal safety equipment and first aid
apparatus available for the use of persons employed on the site, shall maintain the same in
condition suitable for immediate use at any time and shall comply with the following
regulations in connection therewith

a)     The workers shall be required to use the equipment so provided by the contractor
       and the contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment
       by those concerned.

b)     When work is carried on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of
       drowning all necessary equipment shall be provided and kept ready for use and all
       necessary steps shall be taken for the prompt rescue of any person in danger.
c)     Adequate provisions shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries
       likely to be sustained during the course of the work.



Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                              57

CLAUSE-37 C

The contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of "The Apprentices Act 1961" (III)
of 1961 the rules made there under and the orders that may be issued from time to time
under the said Act and the said Rules and on his failure or neglect to do so he shall be
subject to all the liabilities and penalties provided by the said Act and said Rules". [Vide
circular No. CAT/6076/3336 (400)Bldg-2 Dt. 16.08.85.]

CLAUSE-38: CLAIM FOR QUANTITIES OF WORK IN THE TENDER

1)     Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the tender are approximate and
       no revision in tender rate shall be permitted in respect of any of the items so long as
       subject to any special provision, contained in the specifications prescribing a
       different percentage of permissible variation; the quantity of the item does no
       exceed the tendered quantity by more than l25% and so long as the value of the
       excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate of the item specified in the tender, is
       not more than Rs. 5000/- [(PW & H Department Resolution No. CAT 1268/59382
       Q dated 14/3/1974).]

2)     (i)   The contractor shall if ordered in writing by the Engineer so to do, also carry
             out quantities in excess of the limit mentioned in sub clause (i) hereof on the
             same condition as and in accordance with the specification in the tender and at
             the rates (i) derived from the rates entered in the current schedule of rates and
             in the absence of such rates

       (ii) At the rates prevailing in the market. The said rates being increased or
            decreased as the case may be, by percentage which the total tendered amount
            bears to the estimated cost of the work as put to tender based upon the
            schedule of rates applicable to the year in which the tenders were invited; for
            the purpose of operation of this clause this cost shall be Rs. 75,83,270/-
            (Rupees Seventy lakh, Eighty Three Thousand Two Hundred Seventy
            Only)

3)     Claims arising out of reduction in the tendered quantity of any item beyond 25
       percent will be governed by the provision of clause- 15 only when the amount of
       such reduction beyond 25% at the rate of the item specified in the tender is more
       than Rs. 5000/-

CLAUSE-39: EMPLOYMENT OF FAMINE OR OTHER LABOUR

The contractor shall employ any feminine, convict or other labour of a particular kind or
class if ordered in writing to do so by the engineer-in-charge.




Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            58

CLAUSE-40: CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION FOR DELAY IN STARTING THE
           WORK

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay caused in the starting of the work on
account of any acquisition of land and in the case of clearance works, for any delay in
according sanction to estimate.

CLAUSE-41: CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION FOR DELAY IN THE
           EXECUTION OF WORK

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the work on account
of water standing in borrows pits or compartments. The rates are inclusive for hard or
cracked soil excavation in mud, sub soil, water or water standing in borrows pits and no
claim for an extra rate shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified

CLAUSE-42: ENTERING UPON OR COMMENCING ANY PORTION OF
           WORK

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with the
written authority and instructions of the engineer-in-charge or his subordinates in charge
of work; failing such authority the contractor shall have no claim to ask for measurements
or payment for work.

CLAUSE-43: MINIMUM AGE OF PERSONS EMPLOYED, THE
           EMPLOYMENT OF DONKEYS AND OTHER ANIMALS

i)    Contractor shall not employ any person who is under the age of 18 years.

ii)   No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breaching of string or thin
      rope. The breaching must be at least 7.5 cm. wide and should be of tape (Nawar).

iii) No animals suffering from sores, lameness or emaciation which his immature shall
     be employed on the work

iv) The engineer-in-charge or his agent is authorized to remove from the work any
    person or animal found working which does not satisfy these conditions and no
    responsibility shall be accepted by Govt. for any delay caused in the completion of
    the work by such removal.

v)    The contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to the workers, similar
      amenities shall be provided to the workers engaged on large work in urban area.




Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                              59

CLAUSE-44: METHOD OF PAYMENT

Payment to contractors shall be made by cheques drawn on any treasury within the
Division convenient to them, provided the amount exceeds Rs. 10/-. Amounts not
exceeding Rs. 10/- will be paid in cash.

CLAUSE-45: ACCEPTANCE OF CONDITIONS COMPULSORY BEFORE
           TENDERING FOR WORK

Any contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be allowed to tender for
works.

CLAUSE-46: EMPLOYMENT OF SCARCITY LABOUR

If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in village situated within 16
km of the work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work, as are suitable
for unskilled labour, any person certified to him by the Executive Engineer or by any
person to whom the Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing to be in
need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such persons wages not below the minimum
which Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any disputes which may arise in
connection with the implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge whose decisions shall be binding on contractor.

CLAUSE-47

The price quoted by the contractor shall not in any case exceed the control price, if any,
fixed by Government or reasonable price which is permissible for him to charge a private
purchaser for the same class and description of goods under the provisions of Hoarding
and Profiteering Prevention Ordinance, 1948, as amended from time to time. If the price
quoted exceeds, the contractor will specifically mention this fact in his tender along with
the reasons for quoting such highest price. The purchaser at his discretion will in such case
exercise the right of revising the price at any stage so as to conform to the controlled price
on the permissible under the Hoarding and Profiteering Prevention Ordinance. These
declarations will be exercised without prejudice to any other action that may be taken
against the contractor.

CLAUSE-48

The Contractor shall employ the unskilled labour to be employed by him on the work only
from locally available labours and shall give preference to those persons enrolled under
Maharashtra Government and self Employment Department's Scheme. Provided, however,
that if the required unskilled labours are not available locally, contractor shall in the first
instance employ such number of persons as is available may with previous permission in
writing of the Executive engineer-in-charge of said work obtain the rest of requirement of
unskilled labour from outside the above scheme. (As per      ¿ÖÖÃÖ-Ö ×-Ö•ÖÔµÖ •Îú.



Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections               Executive Engineer
                                60

ÃÖß            ÖÏ.Îú. 478 / ‡´ÖÖ¸üŸÖ-2, ´ÖãÓ²Ö‡Ô, פü.
   ‹™üß 1097 / ¯
23/3/1998)




Signature of Contractor   No. of corrections   Executive Engineer
                                            61

CLAUSE-49

Where workers are required to work near machine etc. and are liable to accidents, the
should not be allowed to wear loose clothes like Dhoti-Jhabba, etc.

CLAUSE-50

In case of material that remains surplus with the contractor from those issued for the work
contracted for the date of ascertained of the materials being surplus will be taken as the
date of sale for the purpose of sale tax and sale tax will be recovered on such sale.

CLAUSE-51

The contractors are bound to pay the labours, according to the minimum wages Act, 1948
as amended from time to time, applicable to the zones in accordance with the order issued
in Govt. PWD "Circular No. NWS-10 dated 5/12/1958. Any differentiation in the type of
zone shall not entitle the contractor for any claims.

CLAUSE-52

The contractor/s has/ have to furnish income tax clearance certificate before his tender is
accepted and income tax assessment. no. and date on which he / they is / are assessed
should be given.

CLAUSE-53

The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 (37 of 1970) and the Maharashtra Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971 as amended from time to time and all other
relevant statutes and statutory provisions concerning payment of wages, particularly to
workmen employed by the contractor working on the site of the work. In particular the
contractor shall pay wages to each worker employed by him on the site of the work at the
rates prescribed under the Maharashtra Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) rules
1971. If the contractor fails or neglects to pay wages at the said rates or makes short
payment and the Government makes such payment of wages in full or part thereof less
paid the contractor, as the case may be the amount so paid by the Government to such
workers shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue and Government shall be entitled to
recover the same as such from the contractor or deduct the same from the amount payable
by the Government to the contractor here under or from any other amounts payable to him
by the Government (Minimum wages act as per Govt. circular No. CAT-1284 (120)/Bldg.
2. Dt. 14.8.85)

CLAUSE-54

The Rate to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of Sale Tax. No extra payment
on this account will be made to the contractor.



Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                             62

CLAUSE-55

All amounts whatsoever which the contractor is liable to pay to the Government in
connection with the execution of the work including the amount payable in respect of (i)
Material and or stores supplied/issued here under, (ii) Charges in respect of heavy plant
machinery and equipment given on hire by the Government to the contractor for execution
by him of the work and or on which advances have been given by the Government to the
contractor shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land Revenue and the Government may
without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Government recover the same
from contractor as arrears of land revenue, (vide P.W. & H. Dept No.
CAT/1274/4064/DESK-2 dated7/12/1976)

CLAUSE-56

The contractor shall engage apprentice such as brick layer, carpenter, wireman, Plumber
as well as blacksmith as recommended by the State Apprenticeship Advisor Director for
Technical Education, Dhobi Talao, Mumbai-1 on the Construction work. (As per Govt. of
Maharashtra Education Department No.TSA/5170 T 46689 Dated 7/7/72)

CLAUSE-56 (A)

A contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentices Act at, 1961 under rules
orders issued form time to time. If he fails to do so his failure will be a breach of the
contract and the Superintending Engineer, may in his discretion, cancel the contract. The
contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liability rising on account of any violation
by him of the provision of the Act. (NO. AT S7107/T/447125 DATED 20/7/1976 of
Director of Technical /Education an Sate Apprenticeship adviser M.S.Mumbai.)

CLAUSE-57: SALE TAX / VAT

The tendered rate shall be inclusive of all taxes, and ceases and shall also be inclusive of
the levies in respect etc., of works contract under the provisions of the Maharashtra Sales
Tax on transfer of property in goods involved in the execution of Works Contract Act,
1985 (Maharashtra Act No. XXVL of 89)
As per GR. PWD No CAT/1096/CR-172 Bldg-2 dated 20.04.1998)
VAT @ 2% of the gross value of the work done should be deduct from the R.A. Bills and
4% shall be deducted from those who are not registered under VAT (As per G.R. PWD
No. B.D.G.2005 / CR-324 / building -2, Mantralaya, Mumbai, Dated 3 March 2006).

CLAUSE-58: ANTI-MALARIA

A)   The anti-malaria and other health measures shall be as directed by the Joint Director
     (Malaria and Filaria) of Health Service, Pune.

B)   Contractor shall ensure that mosquitogenic conditions are not created so as to keep
     vector population to minimum level.



Signature of Contractor                No. of corrections              Executive Engineer
                                            63

C)   Contractor shall carry out anti-malaria measures in the area as per guidelines
     prescribed under National Malaria Eradication programme and as directed by the
     Joint Director (M & F) of Health Service, Pune.

D)   In case of default in carrying out prescribed anti malaria measures resulting in
     increase in malaria incident contractor shall be liable to pay to Government on anti
     malaria measures to control the situation in addition to fine.

E)   Relations with Public Authorities
     The contractor shall make sufficient arrangements for draining ways the sullage
     water as well as water coming from the bathing land, washing places and shall
     dispose off this water in such a way as not to cause any substance. He shall also keep
     the premise clean by employing sufficient number of sweepers.

     The contractor shall comply with all rules, regulations, bye-laws and directions given
     from 'time to time by any local of public authority in connection with this work and
     shall pay fees or charges which available on him without any extra cost to
     Government. (As per Govt. of Maharashtra PW Dept. Circular No. CAT/1086/CR-
     243/D Blg- Dated 11/9/87)

CLAUSE-59

The work is likely to be in progress departmentally and quantity put to tender shall be
reduced to the extent of the work is done by Department up to the date of starting the work
by the contractor. No clam due to deduction in quantity on this account will be
entertained.

CLAUSE-60


¿ÖÖãÖ­ÖÖ“µÖÖ / ¿ÖÖãÖ­ÖÖ“µÖÖ †Ó•Öß    éúŸÖ ˆ¯ ֍Îú´ÖÖ“µÖÖ
             »Ö
ãÖÓ²ÖÓ¬ÖÖŸÖß Óú¡ÖÖ™üÖÓ“µÖÖ ãÖÓ¤ü³ÖÖÔŸÖ úÖ´Ö•ÖÖ¸ü
³Ö×¾Ö嵅     ×-Ö¾ÖÖÔÆü      ×-Ö¬Öß     †×¬Ö×­ÖµÖ´ÖÖŸÖß  »Ö
ŸÖ¸üŸÖæ¤üà­ÖããÖÖ¸ü Óú¡ÖÖ™ü¤üÖ¸üÖ»ÖÖ ­ÖÖë¤üÖß      éúŸÖ
†ã֍Öê •Öºþ¸üß “Öê †Öæêü. ŸÖãÖê“Ö úִ֍ÖÖ¸ü ³Ö×¾ÖµÖ
×-Ö¾ÖÖÔÆü ×-Ö¬Öß †×¬Ö×­ÖµÖ´ÖÖ­ÖããÖÖ¸ü ŸµÖÖÓ­Öß
³Ö×¾Ö嵅 ×-Ö¾ÖÖÔÆü ×-Ö¬Öß    ŸÖ †Ö¾Ö¿µÖú ŸÖÖê ³Ö¸üÖÖ
•êú»Öê»ÖÖ †Öæêü ؍ú¾ÖÖ úãÖê µÖÖ²ÖÖ²ÖŸÖ ã֍ִÖ
                              ÖÏ´ÖÖ•Ö¯
†×¬Ö•úÖ·µÖÖÓ“Öê †Ö¾Ö¿µÖú ŸÖê ¯       Ö¡Ö ÃÖÖ¤ü¸ü •ú¸ü•Öê
•Öºþ¸üß“Öê †Öæêü..

CLAUSE-61:           CONDITION RELATING TO INSURANCE OF CONTRACT
                     WORKS


Signature of Contractor               No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                           64


The contractor shall take out necessary Insurance Policy / Policies (viz. Contractor’s All
Risks Insurance Policy, Erection All Risk Insurance Policy, as decided by the directorate
of Insurance) so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of the awarded
contract work for total contract value and complete contract period COMPULSORILY
from the Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai only. Its postal address for
correspondence is 264, MHADA first floor, Opp. Kalanagar, Bandra (East), Mumbai-51.
(Telephone No. 022-26590403 / 26590690 and Fax No. 022-26592461 / 26590403)
Similarly, all workmen appointed to complete the contract work are required to insure
under workmen’s compensation insurance policy taken out from any other company will
not be accepted. If any contractor has not taken out the insurance policy from the
Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai or has effected insurance with any
insurance company, the same will not be accepted and 1% of the tender amount or such
amount of premium calculated by the Government Insurance Fund will be recovered
directly from the amount payable to the contractor for the executed contract work and paid
to the Directorate of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai. Directorate of Insurance
reserves the right to distribute the risks of insurance among the other insurers.


CLAUSE -      62      Ö•ú¸ü
                     ˆ¯
       ´ÖæüÖ¸üÖ™Òü                 ¿ÖÖãÖ­Ö,          ˆªÖêÖ,       ‰ú•ÖÖÔ           ¾Ö
                                                  Ö¡Ö
úִ֍ÖÖ¸ü ×¾Ö³Ö֍Ö, ´ÖÓ¡ÖÖ»ÖµÖ, ´ÖãÓ²Ö‡Ô µÖÖÓ“Öê ¯
            •Öß                     ÖÏ.•Îú. 108 / •úÖ´Ö•ÖÖ¸ü -
•ÖÖ. •Îú. ²Öß ‹ - (‡´ÖÖ¸üŸÖ) 2009 / ¯
7     †,      פü.        3/7/2010         ¾Ö        ¿ÖÖãÖ­Ö           ²ÖÖÓ¬Ö•úÖ´Ö
ãÖÖ¾ÖÔ•Ö×­Ö•ú                 ²ÖÖÓ¬Ö•úÖ´Ö             ×¾Ö³ÖÖ•Ö,          ´ÖÓ¡ÖÖ»ÖµÖ
                    »Ö              •ÖÔ         ÖÏ.•Îú.
´ÖãÓ²Ö‡Ô µÖÖÓ“Öêú›üß •ÖÖ.Îú. ãÖӍúß 10 / 09 / ¯
277 / ‡´ÖÖ¸üŸÖß2, פü. 17/8/2010 †­¾ÖµÖê ‡´ÖÖ¸üŸÖ ¾Ö
‡ŸÖ¸ü           ²ÖÖӬ֍úÖ´Ö            úִ֍ÖÖ¸ü               ú»µÖÖÖ        Ö•ú¸ü
                                                                               ˆ¯
†×¬Ö×­ÖµÖ´Ö                 1996               »Ö
                                           ´Ö¬Öß                ŸÖ¸üŸÖã¤üà“µÖÖ
†­ÖãÂÖӍÖÖ­Öê               ¸üÖ•µÖÖ´Ö¬µÖê                 ‹ú   ™üŒúÖ          Ö•ú¸ü
                                                                               ˆ¯
Ö֕֍Öß           ¾Ö             µÖ
                           ¿ÖÖÃÖ•úß              ²ÖÖӬ֍úÖ´ÖÖ“µÖÖ                ‹ãúÖ

Signature of Contractor              No. of corrections             Executive Engineer
                                       65

´Ö㻵ÖÖ­ÖããÖÖ¸ü                    -Öß
                              (•Ö´Öß “Öê              ´Öã»µÖ    ¾ÖÖÔæû­Ö)
                ŸÖ      Ö-Öê-Öê •úÖ´Ö•ÖÖ¸üÖÓ-ÖÖ
ŸÖãÖê“Ö ãÖÓ²ÖÓ¬Öß †Öã£ÖÖ¯
؍ú¾ÖÖ ŸµÖÖÓ“µÖÖ ­Öֻ֟֍ÖÖÓ­ÖÖ úִ֍ÖÖ¸üÖÓãÖÖšüß
-Öã•úÃÖÖ-Ö                    ÖÖ‡Ô
                          ³Ö¸ü¯       †×¬Ö×­ÖµÖ´Ö              1923          »Ö
                                                                         ´Ö¬Öß
         ­ÖããÖÖ¸ü
ŸÖ¸üŸÖã¤üß                            úÖêÖŸµÖÖæüß                 ÖύúÖ¸ü“Öß
                                                                    ¯
    ÖÖ‡Ô ×¤ü»Öê»Öß †ãÖê»Ö ŸÖß ¸üŒú´Ö ¾ÖÖÔæû­Ö
³Ö¸ü¯
                                               Ö•ú¸ü
ˆ¾ÖÔ׸üŸÖ ²ÖÖӬ֍úÖ´Ö ´Ö㻵ÖÖÓ¾Ö¸ü ‹ú ™üŒúÖ ˆ¯
¾ÖÃÖæ»Ö ú¸üµÖÖŸÖ µÖê‡Ô»Ö.




Signature of Contractor          No. of corrections            Executive Engineer
                                66

                            Blank Page




Signature of Contractor   No. of corrections   Executive Engineer
                                                                             67


                                                                 SCHEDULE ‘A’

       Schedule showing (approximately) the materials to be supplied from the Government’s store for the work contracted to be executed
and preliminary and ancillary works, and the rates at which they are to be changed for.
Name of Work : Storage Tank @ Mandwa, Tal. Risod, Dist. Washim.

       Particulars           Rate at which the material will be charged to              Place of delivery
                                          be the Contractor
                                    Unit                     Rate
              1                       2                       3                                   4


   ------- NIL --------      ------- NIL --------     ------- NIL --------              ------- NIL --------




Note : 1)         All the materials including cement and steel shall be procured by the Contractor. The Department will not arrange for supply
                  of any materials.
         2)       The materials bought by the Contractor will be got tested and the expenditure of Testing shall be borne by the Contractor and
                  only the materials found to comply with the specification shall be allowed to be used on the work.




Signature of Contractor                   No. of corrections                 Executive Engineer
                                                                                        68


                                                                     Name Of Work : Storage Tank @ Mandwa, Tal: Risod, Dist: Washim
                                                                     Constructing Earthen Dam, Waste Weir,Tail And Approach Channel
                                                                                     SCHEDULE - B
    Memorandum showing the items of work to be carried For Constructing Earthen Dam and Its Appertenent Structures work of Minor Irrigation Tank @ Mandwa Tq. Risod
                                                                           Dist Washim


    Item   Estimated                                       Item of Work                                               Estimated Rate          Unit                 Total amount
     No.    quantity
            may be
            more or
              less
                                                                                                             In figure        In words
     1         2                                                 3                                              4                 5            6                        7
                   Part - I :- Construction of Dam Proper, Waste Weir & Approach & Tail channel

     1      11107.47      Excavation for foundation in soft strata in wet or dry condition including          47.94       Rs. Forty Seven &   Cum
                          dressing the sides, bed , stacking & disposing off the excavated stuff as and                   Ps. Ninety Four
                          directed, with all leads & lifts, dewatering etc. complete as per Standard                      only                       5,32,492/-
                          Specification and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

     2      5390.61       Excavation for foundation in hard strata in wet or dry condition by blasting       203.92       Rupees Two          Cum
                          including dressing the sides, bed , stacking & disposing off the excavated stuff                Hundred Three
                          as and directed, with all leads & lifts dewatering etc. complete as per                         And Paise Ninety           10,99,253/-
                          Standard Specification and as directed by the Engineer in charge.                               Two Only



     3      2270.67       Filling cut of trench with selected impervious material from borrow area           167.39       Rupees One          Cum
                          including spreding in uniform layours of 15 cm to 23 cm, breaking clods,                        hundred Sixty              3,80,087/-
                          removing grass, roots, dressing, leveling, watering and mechanically                            Seven & Ps.
                          compacting to the specified Standard Proctor Density with all leads and lifts                   Thirty Nine Only
                          including cost of royalty charges & dewatering etc complete, as per Standard
                          Specification and as directed by the Engineer in charge.
     4       250.47       Providing and filling longitudianal and cross leakage drains with selected and     686.60       Rupees Six          Cum



Signature of Contractor                        No. of corrections                       Executive Engineer
                                                                                    69

                      approved quality of filter material such as sand, gravel and metal of specific              hundred Eighty
                      size,gradation and laying in specified thickness includinghand packing,                     Six and Ps. Sixty          1,71,973/-
                      dressing with all leads and lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete. as per            only.
                      standard specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.
     5                Providing and constructing Embankment in Hearting zone with selected
                      impervious material of approved quality including, spreading in uniform layers
                      of 15 cm. to 23 cm.,breaking clods, removing grass, roots, dressing, leveling.
                      Watering and mechanically compacting to the specified Standard Proctor
                      Density with all leads and lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete, as per
                      standard specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.
               --
                      a) Directly available from excavation


               --
                      b) Directly available from excavation of approach and tail channel.

            9760.92   c) from borrow area..                                                              156.20   Rs.one hundred      Cum.
                                                                                                                  forty Six and Ps.
                                                                                                                  Twenty only.               34,16,713/-


     6                Providing and constructing embankment in casing zone with selected material
                      of approved quality including, spreading in uniform layers of 15 cm. to 23
                      cm.,breaking clods, removing grass, roots, dressing, leveling. Watering and
                      mechanically compacting to the specified Standard Proctor Density with all
                      leads and lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete, as per standard
                      specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.


            3867.51                                                                                      94.13    Rs.Ninety four      Cum.
                                                                                                                  and Ps. Thirteen
                      a) Directly available from excavation                                                       only.                      3,64,049/-
                      .
                      .




Signature of Contractor                       No. of corrections                    Executive Engineer
                                                                                    70

            8802.32                                                                                      124.40   Rupees One           Cum
                                                                                                                  Hundred twenty
                      b) Directly available from excavation of approach and tail channel
                                                                                                                  four and Ps. forty          10,95,009/-
                                                                                                                  Only
               --
                      c) from borrow area

     7                Providing and constructing Rock toe with large size rubble of approved
                      quality including hand packing of stone chips compaction with all leads and
                      lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard specifications and
                      as directed by the Engineer in charge.


             304.35   a) From available                                                                  192.20   Rs.one hundred       Cum.   58,496/-
                                                                                                                  ninety two and
                                                                                                                  Ps.twenty only.

             38.76    b) From borrow                                                                     354.20   Rupees Three         Cum    2,08,592/-
                                                                                                                  hundred Fifty
                                                                                                                  Four and Ps.
                                                                                                                  Twenty only.


     8                Providing and laying dry stone pitching from 30 cm thick with large size stones
                      of approved quality to side slope of embankmenmt including dressing hand
                      packing with all leads and lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete. as per
                      standard specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

             544.81   a) from available.                                                                 301.90   Rupees Three         Cum
                                                                                                                  hundred one and             1,64,478/-
                                                                                                                  Ps. ninety only.




Signature of Contractor                     No. of corrections                      Executive Engineer
                                                                                       71

              27.31    b) from borrow.                                                                        499.15   Rupees Four           Cum
                                                                                                                       hundred Ninety               13,632/-
                                                                                                                       Nine one and Ps.
                                                                                                                       Fifteen Only
        9              Providing and laying quarry spouls 10 cm. thick below the stone pitching
                       including spreading on the side slopes of embankment, dressing hand packing
                       with all leads and lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard
                       specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

              180.00   a)from available                                                                       122.85   Rs. One hundred       Cum
                                                                                                                       twenty two and               22,113/-
                                                                                                                       Ps. Eighty five
                                                                                                                       only
                                                                                                                       Rs. Two hundred       Cum
            7.68       b) From borrow                                                                        263.75    Sixty Three & Ps.            2,026/-
                                                                                                                       Seventy five only.
                       Providing and fixing in position Header toe wall with headers of size 75 x 20 x                                       Rmt
                       20 cm.below pitching including hand packing with all leads and lifts, cost of                   Rs.Seventy Four
   10       113.00     royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as directed         74.95     and Ps. Ninety               8,469/-
                       by the Engineer in charge.                                                                      Five only.

                       Providing and fixing in position guard stones of size 600 x 200 x 150 mm.                                             Nos.
                       including excavation and fixing in P.C.C.1:4:8 proportion including
                       compaction, finishing, curing, back filling, painting with all leads and lifts(size             Rs.Two hundred
   11       11.00      of P.C.C. 1:4:8 block= 0.45 x 0.45 x 0.45 m.) with all leads and lifts, cost of       267.90    Sixty Seven & Ps.            2,947/-
                       royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as directed                   Ninety only.
                       by the Engineer in charge.

                       Providing and laying rubble in cross drains including hand packing, with all                                          Cum
                                                                                                                       Rs. Three
                       leads and lifts, cost of royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard
   12       17.04                                                                                            309.55    hundred Nine &
                       specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.                                                                                  5,275/-
                                                                                                                       Ps fifty five only.
                       Providing and laying in situ plain c.c. 1 :3 : 6 proportion M-100 (40 M.S.A.)                   Rs. Two thousand      Cum
                       grade of hard trap / granite / quartzite / gneiss graded metal for head wall,                   Four hundred
   13       700.04                                                                                           2434.31
                       wing walls, flank walls, etc. including vibrating, finishing the surfaces curing                Thirty Four & Ps.            17,04,114/-
                       with all leads and lifts,cost of royalty charges, dewatering etc. complete.                     Thirty one only.


Signature of Contractor                      No. of corrections                        Executive Engineer
                                                                                      72

                      (excluding cost of reinforcement) as per standard specifications and as
                      directed by the Engineer in charge.


                      Providing and laying in situ plain c.c. 1 : 2 : 4 proportion M-150 (40 M.S.A.)                                        Cum
                      grade of hard trap / granite / quartzite / gneiss graded metal for coping over
                                                                                                                      Rs.Two thousand
                      head wall, wing walls, flank walls, etc. including vibrating, finishing the
                                                                                                                      Seven hundred
   14      15.18      surfaces curing with all leads and lifts,cost of royalty charges, form work,          2727.60                                41,405/-
                                                                                                                      Twenty Seven
                      scaffolding etc. complete. (excluding cost of reinforcement) as per standard
                                                                                                                      and Ps. Sixty only.
                      specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge.

                      Providing and fixing in position chainage stone of size 750 x 230 x 150 mm.                                           Nos.
                      including excavation and fixing in P.C.C.1:4:8 proportion including                                                          4,241/-
                                                                                                                      Rs.Three hundred
                      compaction, finishing, curing, back filling, painting with all leads and lifts(size
   15      11.00                                                                                            385.50    eighty Five & Ps.
                      of P.C.C.1:4:8 block= 0.45 x 0.45 x 0.45 m.) with all leads and lifts, cost of
                                                                                                                      Fifty only.
                      royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as directed
                      by the Engineer in charge.
                      Providing and fixing in position A.C. Pipe of 50 mm. diameter and of required                                         Rmt.
                      length for providing weep holes in abutments, returns, wing walls etc.
                      including necessary inverted filter, redoing with all leads and lifts, cost of                  Rs. Sixty three              2,540/-
   16      40.00                                                                                            63.50
                      royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as directed                   and ps. Fifty only.
                      by the Engineer in charge.

                      Providing erecting and laying form work for plain surface with staging                                                Sq.M
                      including making surface suitable for concreting, oiling, dismantling with all                                               43,773/-
                                                                                                                      Rs. Sixty five and
   17      671.36     leads and lifts, etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as directed by     65.20
                                                                                                                      Ps. Twenty only.
                      the Engineer in charge.

                      Disposal of surplus material away from Dam site with all leads & lifts as                       Rs. Thirty Two &      Cum
   18      2283.00    directed by the Engineer in charge.                                                   32.95     Ps. Ninety Five              75,225/-
                                                                                                                      only


   19          --                                             --                                               --             --




Signature of Contractor                     No. of corrections                        Executive Engineer
                                                                                      73

                       Providing and laying in position High Yield stress deformed steel bar                                            Qtl.
                                                                                                                     Rs. Four
                       reinforcement of various sizes including cutting, bending, hooking, binding,
                                                                                                                     thousand one
                       fixing in position as per design, drawing and schedule, cost of binding wire                                            1,46,684/-
   20      35.54                                                                                           4127.30   hundred twenty
                       with all leads and lifts, etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as
                                                                                                                     Seven & Ps.
                       directed by the Engineer in charge.
                                                                                                                     Thirty only.
                       Providing & laying earth work with selected material of approved quality for                                     Cum
                       backfilling behind the treanches of abutments, wing walls, key walls,
                       approaches etc. including laying in uniform layers of 15 cm. to 23 cm.                                                  1,06,604/-
                                                                                                                     Rs. One hundred
                       breaking clods, dressing, leveling, watering & compaction with all leads & lifts,
   21      803.65                                                                                          132.65    thirty two & Ps.
                       cost of royalty charges etc. complete. as per standard specifications and as
                                                                                                                     Sixty five only
                       directed by the Engineer in charge.
                       a) Available from excavation

                                                                                                                                        Cum.      --

           -           b) From borrow                                                                      -         ---



                       Total                                                                                                                   75,83,270/-

                          Rupees Seventy Five Lakh(s), Eighty Three Thousand, Two Hundred Seventy Only


         Abbreviations – Cum – Cubic Meter, Sq.M – Sqare Meter Qtl- Quintle, Rmt. -Running Meter, Nos.- Numbers, Rs. -Rupees. Ps. -Paise




Signature of Contractor                     No. of corrections                       Executive Engineer
                                                                                        74




                                                                                                     SCHEDULE -

Memorandum Showing Items of Work to be carrried out for Construction of Mandwa Storage Tank, Tal.: - Risod, Dist. Washim.

  Item                                                                                                                       Reference to General Specification
                                                           Item of Work
  No.
          Excavation in soft strata, such as soil HM, HMB & SR including depositing the materials as directed with all       ED-E EXCAVATION / Page No. 102 to 110
          leads and lifts including dewatering,dressing & depositing off the unutilised material as directed etc.
   1      complete.


   2      Excavation in hard rock exceeding 1.50m. In width by blasting including depositing the materials as directed       ED-E EXCAVATION / Page No. 102 to 110
          with all leads and lifts including dressing dewatering & depositing off the unutilised material as directed etc.
          complete.(This includes boulder of size exceeding 0.10 cum within excavation under other item)


   4      Filling the drains with approved type of sand, gravel (2 cm. to 2.5 cm gauge) and metal (2 top 7.50 cm gauge)      ED-F FILTER MATERIALS / Page No.
          with all leads and lifts etc. complete.                                                                            123 to 124


 3 & 21   Filling cut of trench with selected material obtained from borrow area including transporting with all leads       ED-B PROVIDING EMBANKMENT / Page No.
          and lifts, laying in layers, leveling the work, breaking clods, watering and consolidation etc. complete.          111 to 123




Signature of Contractor                        No. of corrections                       Executive Engineer
                                                                                         75



   5     Constructing embankment for hearting zone with selected material from borrow area including transporting              ED-B PROVIDING EMBANKMENT / Page No.
         the material with all leads and lifts, laying in layers, leveling, spreading, breaking clods, watering,               111 to 123
         consolidation etc. complete.

   6     Constructing embankment for casing zone with selected material from available material including                      ED-B PROVIDING EMBANKMENT / Page No.
         transporting the material with all leads and lifts, laying in layers, leveling, spreading, breaking clods, watering   111 to 123
         ,consolidation etc. complete


                                                                                                                               Reference to General Specification
                                                           Item of Work



   6     Constructing embankment for casing zone with selected material from borrow area including transporting                ED-B PROVIDING EMBANKMENT / Page No.
         the material with all leads and lifts, laying in layers, leveling, spreading, breaking clods, watering,               111 to 123
         consolidation etc. complete.

   7     Providing and constructing Rock toe with 15 to 23 cm rubble stone of approved quality from available                  ED-T ROCK TOE / Page No. 125 to 126
         material with hand packing as directed with all leads and lifts etc. complete.


   --    Providing and laying sand filter 1m thick including compaction as directed with all leads and lifts etc.              ED-FS SLOPPING FILTER / Page No. 130
         complete.


   9     Providing and laying quarry spauls below revetment from rubble stones of approved quality from available              ED-P PITCHING / Page No. 127 to 129
         material to specific thickness including hand packing, ramming as directed with all leads and lifts etc.
         complete.

   8     Providing and laying dry stone pitching from Available material 30 cm thick to the side slopes of                     ED-P PITCHING / Page No. 127 to 129
         embankment including dressing the bankwork as directed with all leads and lifts etc. complete.


   13    Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-100 (1:3:6) of trap/ granite/ gneiss/ quartzite/              C-CEMENT CONCRETE / Page No.
         graded metal compacting curing including form work etc complete as directed with all leads and lift (40               134 to 149
         MSA)


Signature of Contractor                        No. of corrections                        Executive Engineer
                                                                                      76



   14    Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-150 (1:2:4) of trap/ granite/ gneiss/ quartzite/         C-CEMENT CONCRETE / Page No.
         graded metal compacting curing including form work etc complete as directed with all leads and lift (40          134 to 149
         MSA)




                                                                                                                          Reference to General Specification
                                                         Item of Work



   --    Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of grade M-200 (1:1.5 :3) of trap/ granite/gneiss/ quartzite/       C-CEMENT CONCRETE / Page No.
         graded metal including compaction, finishing and curing including form work etc. complete as directed with       134 to 149
         all leads and lift (excluding reinforcement )

   20    Providing and laying in position HYSD reinforcement including cutting, bending, binding, hooking etc.            R-REINFORCEMENT / Page No. 150 to 154
         complete as directed with all leads and lift etc. complete.

    -    Providing & constructing Uncoursed rubble trap/Quartzite /gneiss stone masonary in cement mortar 1 : 5           MASONARY / Page 184 to 187
         (Morter 45%) proportion for piers, abutments, wings, returns, head walls, parapets etc. including striking out
         joints of the non exposed facecs and pointing the exposed faces with cement mortar 1 : 3 proportion
         including scaffolding & watering masonary including bailing out water, cost of royalty charges etc. complete.
         as per standard specifications and as directed by the Engineer in charge. ( From borrow




Signature of Contractor                      No. of corrections                       Executive Engineer
                                               77



                  SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
                   (These will apply to all items of works etc. as relevant)

1.   OUTLINE OF WORK :
1.1 The work will be on lines of the set of plans attached to the tender documents.
    However, the plans are liable to be changed in the course of execution and the strata
    shown thereon are approximate.
1.2 The item or work and their approximate quantities are given in schedule “B” of the
    Tender.
1.3 The specifications of the work shall be as per Detailed General Specifications
    attached to this Tender and shall be strictly enforced.
1.4 All levels shown in the drawings are approximate and depths of excavation are likely
    to be increased or decreased depending upon the strata met with during actual
    excavation. No claims on account of change in depth of strata or change of slopes
    will be entertained. The designed layout shown in the tender drawings is tentative
    and is subject to modifications. Such modifications shall not be a reason for any
    claim .
2.   UNIT OF QUOTING RATES :
2..1 The percentage above or below shall be quoted with respect to the estimated rates in
     the schedule "B"
3.   SITE CONDITIONS :
3.1 It shall be presumed that the contractor has satisfied himself as to the nature and
    location of the works, general and local conditions, particularly those bearing on
    transport, handling and storage of materials, disposal of spoils, availability of labour,
    weather conditions, sources of water etc. and has estimated the cost accordingly.
    Government will bear no responsibility for any lack of such acquaintance with site
    conditions and the consequence thereof to the contractor.
3.2 HOUSING :
     No local housing is available and the contractor should arrange for suitable housing
     for his staff and labour, offices, etc. at his own cost within the area of work, as
     directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Land for the same will be made available free of
     charge for temporary use during the course of execution, if available with the
     department.
3.2.1    It is the responsibility of the Contractor to provide the firewood for the domestic
         use of the workers at the project side.
3.3 WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINAGE :
    3.3.1. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements at his cost for the water
           supply to his colony and to the work site required for the work. The details of
           his proposed supply shall be approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Fresh and
           potable drinking water shall be made available by the Contractor to all persons

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                                78

              working at work site in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all working
              places and in sufficient quantities.

     3.3.2 Similarly the disposal of solid waste and waste water / drainage arrangements
           will have to be made by the Contractor at his own cost to the entire
           satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge

3.4 CAMP REGULATION :
    The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining order in his camp and on his work
    site and to that end shall employ such officers, watchman or other persons, as
    required, at his cost.

     Unauthorized or undesirable persons shall be excluded from the camp and from the works. If, in
     the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, any employee or agent of the Contractor
     misbehaves or causes obstruction in the proper execution of the work or otherwise
     makes himself undesirable, the contractors shall on receipt of the instruction to do so,
     remove him from the premises. Employees of the contractors shall mean any person employed
     by him or his subcontractors, (if subletting is permitted by the Engineer-in-charge), or
     any person employed on the work, contracted for on behalf of the contractor.
3.5. MEDICAL AID :
     Medical aid for the contractor’s men shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own
     cost. The contractors shall provided first aid boxes on the work site. These boxes
     shall always be filled in with all required medicine.
3.6 ROADS :
3.6.1 The Contractor shall construct and maintain suitable inspection paths within the
     work limits at his own cost. There will however be no charge for any reasonable use
     by the Contractor of any road constructed by the Government. As Government
     machinery will be moving on the haul roads, if any accident occurs, the Contractor
     will have no claim on that account, will have to pay compensation etc. for such
     accident as per rules, regulations, laws etc. pertaining to these matters.
3.6.2 All quarry roads and paths for the conveyance of materials from the quarries to the
     site of work and for all other operations required for the contract shall be constructed
     and maintained by the contractor at his own cost.
3.7 ELECTRICAL POWER :
3.7.1 The contractor will have to make his own arrangements for electric power at his
     cost and this shall not constitute any reason for any claims in this behalf. The
     contractor will have to make his own arrangements to lay and maintain the necessary
     distribution line and wiring for his colony and the works at his cost. All wiring and
     methods of construction for overhead distribution lines and other lines shall be in
     accordance with the Indian Electricity Act 1910 and Indian Electricity Rules 1956.




Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                               79

3.7.2 The layout and method of laying the lines and wiring and the nature of connected
     loads shall have the prior approval of Engineer-in-charge.
3.7.3 In the case where electrical power is locally available from the Government, it
     will be supplied to the Contractor at the prevailing rates plus the duties and taxes
     applicable as per M.S.E.D.C. tariffs. The Contractor shall however have no claim for
     any inconvenience and loss caused due to non-availability of power or any
     interruption or break down in supply once the supply is started.
3.7.4 The Contractor shall be and remain answerable and liable for any loss or damage
     or injury to any person or any property of Government, or other, caused by, arising
     from the failure of observance of the Indian Electricity Act, 1910 and Indian
     Electricity Rules 1956. Sufficient lighting as directed by the Engineer-in-charge shall
     be provided by the Contractor at his cost and risk in the working area and in the
     ancillary areas.

4.0 ERRORS, OMISSION AND DISCREPANCIES :

      In all cases of omission, doubt, or discrepancies in the dimensions or description in
      the drawings and items of work, it shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge, whose
      clarification and elaboration shall be considered as authoritative, subject to provision
      of clause No.30 of the B-l Form Conditions of Contract. The Contractor shall be held
      responsible for any error that may occur in the work through lack of such reference
      and precautions.

5.0 SUPPLY OF MATERIALS BY AGENCY :
5.1 CEMENT :
    5.1.1 All cement required for the work under this Contract shall be procured well in
    advance by the Contractor from the nearest cement factory(s). Ordinary Portland
    cement of 43 grade conforming to I.S. 8112, 1989 and subsequent revisions thereof,
    if any, packed in 50 kg woven HDPE bags conforming to I.S. 11652 of 1986, shall be
    supplied.

      5.1.2 The Contractor shall produce proof of purchase of cement from the cement
      factory(s). The purchase bill supported by a Delivery Challan and Excise Gate Pass
      shall constitute adequate proof of purchase. Cement shall be stored in such a way as
      to allow its removal and use in chronological order of receipt i.e. first received being
      first used.

      5.1.3 Cement shall be kept in a weather-proof store under a double locking
      arrangement (one lock to be operated by Contractor and second lock to be operated
      by the authorised person of Department) so that it can be taken out or fresh stock
      admitted with the knowledge of supervising staff of the Government. The watch and
      ward of the cement stores shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               80

      5.1.4 If godown facilities are available with the Department, the same will have to
      be utilised by the Contractor as per the terms and conditions as decided by the
      Engineer-in-charge.

      5.1.5 Testing :Cement shall be tested from Government approved laboratory with
      Contractor’s own cost and results submitted to Department. Cement shall be
      provided free of cost by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-charge, as and when
      desired, for testing purpose.

      5.1.6 The Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall at all times have access to
      the storage and work sites of the Contractor and shall have authority to check and
      examine security records, storage records and records of on-site usage, which are to
      be maintained up-to-date and provided by the Contractor. The Contractor shall
      comply with instructions that may be given by the Engineer-in-charge.

      5.1.7 The godown shall have masonry walls (U.C.R. or B. B.) and double locking
      arrangements. The construction should be completely leak proof. The floor should be
      not hard material like shahabad or cement concrete as will not absorb and retain
      moisture. The godown and stocking arrangements shall be such as not to damage
      cement. The damage to the cement stored in the contractor's godown shall be solely
      his responsibility. The contractor shall not be allowed to used the damaged cement
      on the work. The end disposal of such cement shall be Engineer-in-charge.

      5.1.8 The Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative is authorised to
      inspect lorries of cement and all other materials of the Contractor before allowing
      them to proceed out of the works area.

      5.1.9 Whenever the cement is used on weight basis by correcting the bag weight for
      50 kg. net cement the excess or shortage form the actual cement bag as received form
      the market shall be corrected and neat record of every use and excess or shortage
      noticed should be signed by the Engineer-in-charge of work operation and contractor
      or his representative. The extra cost of cement if any will be borne by the contractor.
      However, the contractor will make available necessary ledger, weighing
      arrangements and supervising staff at no extra cost on to this account.

5.2 STEEL :
        The Contractor shall procure steel from the market. The Contractor shall make
        necessary arrangement at his own cost for samples from the available stock
        and shall confirm with the specifications laid down by the Bureau of Indian
        Standards (vide their specification Nos. I.S. 432 (part-1) of 1966, 1139-1966,
        1786-1979) and subsequent revisions.

              a)      The Contractor should store the steel of 60 days requirement at least
                      one month in advance.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                                 81

              b)      The contractor will have to construct sheds for storing steel having
                      capacity not less than the steel required for 90 days use at works site.
                      The Engineer-in-charge or his representative shall have free access to
                      inspect to such stores and storage arrangement and to suggest
                      modification and improvement if any and the contractor shall comply
                      with the same. The storing arrangement shall be such as to afford
                      convenience of the inspection and check of materials. Bars of the same
                      size, length, shape & grade shall be assembled in stock & marked
                      distinctly.

              c)      The contractor shall further, at all time satisfy the Engineer-in-charge
                      on demand, by production of records and books or by submissions,
                      returns and other proofs as directed that the steel is being used as tested
                      and approved by the Engineer-in-charge for the purpose and the
                      Contractor shall at all times maintain proper record of showing the
                      basis of receipts & utilization of steel procured by the contractor &
                      these shall at all times be open for inspection of the Engineer-in-charge.

              d)      The Contractor shall procure the steel from main producers such as
                      SAIL. Rolled steel will not be acceptable. They should bring the test
                      certificates of steel procured by them from the manufacturer and
                      presented to Engineer-in-charge for inspection..

              e)      The steel procured should conform to the standard specification of
                      Bureau of Indian Standards IS No. 1786 of 1979 for Tor Steel and IS
                      432 of 2000 for mild steel.

              f)      Steel samples required for testing shall be supplied by the Contractor
                      free of cost, However testing charges also to be borne by the
                      Contractor.

              g)      Structural steel shall conform to IS 2002

5.3 EXCAVATED MATERIALS :
5.3.1 All the materials available from excavation will be property of Govt. and shall be
      disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials of approved
      quality may be used by the contractors in the items of work included in the schedule
      of prices for ancillary or preparatory work at the rate of prevailing royalty charges.
       Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge for such use shall however be taken. The
       contractor shall make proper arrangements for sorting out and stacking material of
       approved quality that he proposes to use aforesaid. Government will be free to make
       use of other materials not likely to be required for use by the contractor as will be
       determined by the Engineer-in-charge. The excavated materials not to be used by
       the contractor as above or stacked for his use but remaining unused at site after
       completion of works shall be disposed off by the contractor at his cost in a manner
       and places as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              82

       Govt. Of Maharashtra Irrigation Department Circular No. JAY 1080/105543
       (1290) MAJ 6 dated 19-9-81.)
       The separable spoils available from adjacent reaches /canal works, etc. other than
       those in the tender under consideration shall be permitted to be used by the
       contractor free of cost provided these materials are used solely for the specific
       contract work in question, with the prior approval of the Engineer- in-charge.
       However no claim on account of non-availability of the separable spoils will be
       entertained by the department.
5.3.2 The contractor shall use the extracted materials like rubble stone and quarry spauls,
      as the Executive Engineer, may direct and approve after removal, direct from
      excavation or from dumps as the Executive Engineer, may stipulate, The selection,
      sorting and stacking shall be done according to the direction of the Executive
      Engineer free of charge by the contractor.


5.3.3 The contractor shall supply free of cost the necessary quantities of sand, stone and
      aggregate etc. to the government for carrying out tests as required by the Engineer-
      in-charge. This shall be done well in advance of the construction operation so as to
      get approved the quality of the materials. The cost of opening quarries and
      operating them shall be borne by the Contractor.


5.4      STONE :
           5.4.1 The Contractor shall visit various stone quarries operating in the nearby
                 region and ascertain the levels and areas in which stone of good and
                 acceptable quality is likely to be available. It is for the Contractor to
                 investigate his own quarries which will yield stone in sufficient
                 quantities and of required quality for the works. However, if a quarry
                 location ascertained by the Contractor does not yield adequate and
                 suitable stone, no claim will be entertained and other quarry locations
                 will have to be investigated and established by the Contractor at his
                 own cost and risk. The quality of stone from all quarries shall be got
                 approved by the Engineer-in-charge before using it on the work. The
                 contractor shall have to make arrangements at his own cost for
                 construction and maintenance of all roads leading to and fro from the
                 stone quarries as required by him.

              5.4.2 The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect
                    permanent structures as well as should not be near existing or proposed
                    habitation. The locations and sizes of quarries shall be subject to
                    approval of the Engineer-in-charge. However, if a quarry location
                    approved by the Engineer-in-charge, on its opening, does not yield
                    adequate and / or suitable stones, no claim can be raised against the
                    department. In that case other quarries will have to be established by
                    the Contractor at his own cost and risk and the stone got approved from
                    the department for its quality before using it in the work.

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                               83

              5.4.3 If the stone quarries are located in the lands acquired by the
                    department, the Contractor would be allowed to quarry the rubble from
                    these areas. If the quarries are located in private properties, the
                    Contractor shall make his own arrangements to the legal rights and
                    attend to payment etc. to the concerned parties for operation of these
                    quarries at his own cost. Similarly he shall make arrangement for roads
                    leading to and from the stone quarries to the work site at his own cost.

              5.4.4 In the stone quarries, where weak rocks like volcanic breccias etc. are
                    met with, such rocks will be rejected and not allowed for use in the
                    masonry. The quarrying will have to be adjusted to avoid these and
                    other types of weak rocks.

5.5     SAND :
      5.5.1 The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for procurement of sand of
            approved quality and the same should be got approved from the Engineer- in-
            charge before it is used on the work. However, if the quarry proposed by the
            contractor does not yield adequate suitable sand, no claims can be raised
            against the Department. In that case, another quarry location will have to be
            established by the Contractor at his own cost and risk. The sand from such
            quarries should be got approved from the Department before using it on the
            work.

              The Contractor shall have to make arrangement at his cost for construction
              and maintenance of all roads leading to and from sand quarries to the work
              site as required by him.

5.6    CASING & HEARTING MATERIAL :
           The casing and hearting materials are expected to be used from available
           material from excavation on site during execution of the work and additional
           quantities (if required) are to be brought from the quarries. It is the
           responsibility of the Contractor to identify the quarries from which sufficient
           quantities of hearting and casing materials can be borrowed and quote rates
           accordingly, including all leads and lifts. No claim on account of extra lead
           and lift shall be entertained.

        5.6.1 The Contractor shall have to make arrangement at his own cost for
             construction and maintenance of all roads leading to and from quarries to the
             works site required by him.


5.7    PETROL, OIL AND OTHER LUBRICANTS
5.7.1 The contractor shall have to make his own arrangement for procurement of petrol,
      diesel, oil and other lubricants.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                                84

6.0    EXPLOSIVES PROCUREMENT AND STORAGE :
6.1    Explosives, petrol ,oils, fuels and other inflammable materials shall be stored
       strictly in accordance with the rules of the Explosives Department.
6.2    The contractor shall, at his own expense, construct and maintain, at site of works
       proper magazine for storage of explosives and proper storage facilities for oil, fuel,
       etc. for use in connection with the work without any extra cost.
6.3    The Contractor shall, at his own expense, obtain such licenses as may be necessary
       for storing and using explosive, oils, fuels, etc. The Department shall not accept
       any responsibility whatever in connection with the storage or use of explosives on
       the site or any accident or occurrence whatsoever in connection therewith. All
       operations of the Contractor in which or for which explosives are employed shall
       be at the risk of the Contractor and upon his sole responsibility.
6.4    The Contractor shall arrange for the procurement of all the explosives at his cost
       and risk.
6.5    If the Contractor fails to satisfy and provide safety precautions and fails to maintain
       satisfactory accounts of explosives, he shall be liable to the penalties under the
       rules. Skilled person shall be kept available on the work site to undertake all
       blasting operations.

7.0    DATA TO BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR:

7.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge within a fortnight of the award
    of Contract, a list of the construction plant and equipment to be used for the
    execution of work and the names and qualifications of his staff assigned to supervise
    the work

7.2 Immediately after receipt of the Work Order to commence the work, the Contractor
    shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval, the plans in triplicate showing
    the location of his work- shop and storage building, storage yards, offices,
    Contractor’s colony (including its services) and housing facilities which he proposes
    to erect at site. Suitable housing arrangements for the labours employed by the
    Contractor or his piece workers will be the Contractor's responsibility and the
    location of huts shall be in the prescribed area only, which shall be got approved
    from the Engineer-in-charge.

7.3 No change in the approved layout shall be carried out without the written approval of
    the Engineer-in-charge.

8.     USE OF SITE :

      8.1     The Contractor shall be permitted to use the following for the bonafide
              purpose of the execution of this Contract, free of charge.

              i)      The site required for construction of the work

Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                               85

              ii)     The approach and haul roads constructed by Government subject to
                      para 3.6.1.

              iii)    The quarries for stones, sand and surkhi and the Government land
                      required for Contractor’s buildings and storage yards.

              Use of quarries will be subject to Royalty charges as per para 10 below. The
              extent of land required by the Contractor shall be decided by the Engineer-in-
              charge at his sole discretion.

      8.2     All areas of operation including those for his staff and labour colonies, handed
              over to the Contractor shall be cleared and handed back in good condition to
              the Engineer-in-charge except areas under works constructed in accordance
              with this Contract or those for which specific approval has been obtained from
              the Engineer-in-charge.

      8.3     Wherever possible and desirable, the Contractor shall preserve all existing
              vegetation adjacent to the site, which does not interfere with the construction,
              as determined by the Engineer-in-charge.

      8.4     The land shall, as herein before mentioned, be handed over back to the
              Executive Engineer within six months after the completion of the work under
              this Contract. Also no land shall be held by the Contractor longer than the
              Engineer-in-charge shall deem necessary and the Contractor shall on due
              notice by the Engineer-in-charge, vacate and return the land which the
              Engineer-in-charge may certify as no longer being required by the Contractor
              for the purpose of the work, failing which the Contractor shall be liable to pay
              rent for the land so occupied, at the rate prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge.

    9. CERTIFICATE :

      The contractor should certify, after careful study and with due diligence, I hereby
      certify that all the lead charges, lift charges, etc. for various construction materials
      are included in the rate of the items and no claim will be put forth by me on this
      account.

    10. ROYALTIES :

       All quarry fees, royalties, octroi dues and ground rent for stacking materials, it any,
       shall be paid by the contractor. The amount of royalty shall be deducted from R.A.
       bill and will be released only after submission of receipt from revenue Authority
       and if the contractor fails to submit the receipts the same amount will be directly
       paid to the Revenue Authority.



Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                 86

11.0 PROGRAMME TO BE FURNISHED :

      11.1    As soon as practicable after the acceptance of Tender, but not later than 15
              days, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for his approval, a
              program showing the procedure and method by which he proposes to carry out
              the works, and shall whenever required by the Engineer-in-charge, furnish
              particulars in writing of his arrangements for carrying out works and the
              construction plant, temporary works, etc that he intends to use or construct as
              the case may be. No extra claims shall be admissible except as per the
              conditions provided for in the Tender.
     11.2       For guidance in preparing the programme for dates by which the various
                items shall be executed are given below.
                                                 Cumulative % of work quantity period wise
      Sr.                 Item                ... to ... ... to ... ... to ... ... to ... Remarks/
     No.                                      months      months   months    months Total
             Contractor          programme
             attached separately on page
             …........

           TOTAL
           (AVERAGE)
           PERCENTAGE
            The program on the other items which are not quoted herewith should be
            matching with the progress of items given above.
      11.3 The submission to and approval by the Executive Engineer of such a
            programme shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or
            responsibilities under this contract.


12. SETTING OUT:
    12.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the
         works and for the correctness of the position, levels, dimensions and
         alignment of all parts of works and for the provision of all necessary
         instruments, appliances and labour in connection therewith. If at any time
         during the progress of works, any error shall appear or arise in the position,
         level dimensions or alignment of any parts of the works, the Contractor shall
         rectify such error to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge without any
         extra cost to the Government.

      12.2    For the purpose of setting out, two ends bench marks of which values shall be
              furnished by the Engineer-in-charge shall be provided by the Department near
              the site of work. The locations of such bench marks shall be apexes or the
              centre line or at appropriate locations specified by the Engineer-in-charge. All
              setting out shall be with reference to these bench marks and any errors, for the

Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               87

              purpose of para 12.1 and 12.3, shall be with reference to these marks and
              levels.

      12.3    The checking of any setting out or of any line or level by the Engineer-in-
              charge or his agent shall not in any way, relieve the Contractor of his
              responsibilities for the correctness thereof and the Contractor shall carefully
              protect and preserve all bench marks, site rails and other things used in setting
              out of the works.

      12.4    Signing field books, longitudinal sections and cross sections
              Before starting the work and before any work is covered, levels for plotting
              the longitudinal and cross sections of the portions of the work shall be taken
              by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative in the presence of
              the Contractor or his authorised agent, who shall sign the field books (on the
              same day) and plans showing the longitudinal and cross sections, in token of
              acceptance. If the Contractor fails to sign, the levels recorded by the Engineer-
              in-charge or his representative shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
              For this purpose of taking levels a suitable date shall be fixed by the Engineer
              -in-charge and intimated to the Contractor at least three days in advance. If the
              Contractor or his duly authorised agent fails to attend on the appointed date,
              the levels shall be taken in his absence and such levels and longitudinal and
              cross sections based thereon, shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

13. FOSSILS, ETC. :
    13.1 All gold, silver, oil or other minerals of any description and all precious
         stones, relics, fossils, coins, articles of value, articles of antiquities, old
         structures and other remains or things of geological, archaeological or
         religious interest discovered in or on the site of work shall be the absolute
         property of the Government and all measures shall be taken by the Contractor
         to protect the same from any damage or removal, and immediately upon
         discovery, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-charge of the find.

14    PATENT RIGHTS :
      14.1 The Contractor shall indemnify the Engineer-in-charge, from and against all
           claims and proceedings for, or on account of, infringement of any patent right,
           design, trade marks, or other protected rights in respect of any construction,
           plant, machine work or materials used for, or in connection with, the works of
           temporary or permanent nature and from and against all claims, demands,
           proceedings, damages, cost charges and expenses whatsoever incurred in
           relation thereto.


15. NIGHT WORK :
    15.1 When work has to be carried out at night, the Contractor shall obtain written
         permission of the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of such sanction being


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               88

              granted, proper arrangements for supervision, lights, etc. shall be made to the
              satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.


16. PROTECTION OF MATERIALS :
16.1 Materials shall be transported, handled and stored on the site in such a manner as
     to prevent, damage, deterioration or contamination.


17. PRECAUTION DURING FLOODS AND RAINS :
17.1 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to preserve and maintain in safe condition all
     work, materials, machinery and tools form floods and rain and no compensation will
     be paid on any account.

18. PASSING OF FOUNDATIONS :
    18.1 After the completion of excavation work the same will be checked and passed
         by the Engineer-in-charge before backfilling or masonry or concrete work
         shall proceed.

19. QUARRIES
    19.1 It is for the contractor to investigate his own quarries which would yield stone
         and other material such as sand surkhi, murum, soil etc. and satisfy himself
         of the availability in desired quantities and quality.

      19.2    The tenderer’s should in particular to see his own quarry sites and satisfy
              themselves about the quality and quantities of the material available as the
              rates quoted will be inclusive of all leads and lifts involved in bringing the
              materials from his own quarries.

      19.3    He shall supply free of cost necessary quantities of sand, stone and aggregate
              to government for carrying out test as desired by the engineer-in-charge well
              in advance of the construction operation so as to get approved the quality of
              the materials. The cost of opening quarries and operating them shall be borne
              by the contractor.
20. WORK ORDER BOOK :
    20.1 The Contractor shall supply and maintain a bound work order book at the
         work site as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall make it available to
         the Engineer-in-charge or his representative, whenever requested. The work
         order book should have pages in triplicate and triple carbon papers should be
         provided with them. The Engineer-in-charge or his representative may record
         orders regarding works in this book, leaving the original copy in the book and
         removing the second and third copies to take with him. All orders recorded in
         these work order books shall be deemed to have been served on the
         Contractor. On completion of the work, all the work order books shall be
         handed over to the Engineer-in-charge.


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                               89



21. NO CLAIMS ON ACCOUNT OF DELAY DUE TO DEPARTMENTAL OR
    OTHER CONTRACTOR'S WORK :
    21.1 Delay on account of holding up work under this Contract due to the execution
         of work such as drilling and grouting, laying of pipes for construction of
         sluice and penstock, erection of gates for the irrigation and power outlets and
         other works being carried out simultaneously either by the Department or any
         other Contractor, shall not form reason for any claims by the Contractor.

22. EMBEDED PARTS :
    22.1 Installation of all embedded parts such as for gates for penstock, irrigation
         outlets, pipes for penstock and construction of sluice or any other metal work
         (either supplied by the Department or bought by the Contractor at his own
         cost) stands included in the relevant item of Schedule ”B”. No extra payment
         will be made for the installation of this embedded metal work or for delays or
         for interruptions arising there from.

      22.2    The Contractor shall allow free use of gangways, etc. if any constructed by
              him, for Department work

23. CO-ORDINATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS :
    23.1 Where other agencies, including the Department, are working in the same area
         for works other than those included in this Contract, the Contractor shall co-
         operate with these agencies to the fullest extent and shall allow them
         reasonable facilities and co-ordination for execution of their works
         simultaneously and satisfactorily, as intended in the Contract conditions,
         specifications and drawings.

              Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the Contractor and the
              other agencies for any cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the
              Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding the co-ordination, co-operation
              and facilities to be provided by all the Contracting agencies to the others shall
              be final and binding on all parties and such decision shall not vitiates any
              Contract nor absolve the Contractor of his responsibilities under this Contract
              nor form the ground for any claim or compensation.

24. DEFINITION OF THE TERM ENGINEER-IN-CHARGE :-
     24.1 The Engineer-in-charge means the Executive Engineer directly in charge of
          the work or any other officer duly authorised on his behalf.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             90

25. SUB-SURFACE CONDITIONS :-
    25.1 The probable rock line as roughly assessed from logs of the various bores and
         trial pits taken along and in the region of the various elements of works are
         shown on the drawings. The cores of these logs are available for inspection at
         site. The Contractor shall study the actual cores and draw his own conclusions
         as to the stratigraphy and nature of the materials. The Contractor shall
         acquaint himself with the local geology including the intertrappen layers,
         brecciaed rocks and water bearing possibilities of the softer strata that are
         expected to be encountered. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for
         his deductions and conclusions as to the nature and condition of the rock and
         other materials and any difficulties associated with their excavation and use.

26. DEATH, BANKRUPTCY, ETC. :
    26.1 If the Contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy, or being bankrupt
         commences winding up, the executors, successors or other representative in
         liquidation or any person in whom the Contract may become vested, shall
         forthwith give notice thereof in writing to the Government and shall for one
         month, during which he shall take all reasonable steps to prevent a stoppage of
         work, have the option of carrying out this Contract subject to his or their
         providing such guarantee as may be required by the Government, to the value
         of work remaining unexecuted. In the event of stoppage of work, the period
         of option under this clause shall be fourteen days only. Should the above
         option be not exercised, the Contract may be terminated by Government by
         notice in writing to the Contractor. The power and provisions reserved to
         Government in this Contract of taking of the work out of Contractor’s hand
         shall immediately become operative.

27. REFERENCE TO STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS :
    27.1 The specifications of the work as attached to this Contract are drawn with a
         specific reference to site conditions and do not everywhere include the details
         of standard tests and procedures, which are already laid down and available in
         the current Indian Standard Specifications. Whenever such details are not
         specified in this Contract, provisions under the current Indian Standard
         Specification and the Standard Specification (1965, and as amended from time
         to time) of Government of Maharashtra shall be deemed to be applicable.

28. PAYMENT OF THE RUNNING ACCOUNT BILLS :
28.1. With references to clause 10 of B-l form the payment of the bills will be made
      monthly.
28.2. If due to paucity of fund payment is not made at regular intervals, no claim on this
      account shall be entertained.




Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                               91

29. INCOME TAX / VAT
    29.1 Deduction for Income Tax at the rate of 2% (two percent) plus surcharge if
         any, VAT 4%, as applicable from time to time on such deduction, will be
         made on the gross payment of each bill due to the Contractor without ex-
         cluding any adjustment on account of cost of material, hire charges of
         machineries or any services rendered by the Department. (VAT is applicable
         2% those who are registered under the provision of Rule of Maharashtra
         Value Added Tax Act 2005 for the purpose of levy of Tax & 4% applicable
         for unregistered contractor under VAT.)

              The Tender rates are inclusive of all taxes, rates, cesses and are also inclusive
              of the Leviable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods involved
              in the execution of work contract under the provision of rule of Maharashtra
              value added tax act 2005 for the purpose of levy of tax.

30. ENGAGEMENT OF APPRENTICE

      30.1    It is obligatory on the part of the contractor to engage requisite number of
              apprentices by the State Apprenticeship Advisor and train them in the Bldg.
              trade (such as (i) Brick layer Bldg. Constructions, (ii) Carpenters and (iii)
              Plumbers as well as black smith) which have been specified designated trades
              under the Apprenticeship Act. 1951.

31. DEPARTMENT’S ASSISTANCE :

      31.1    Though there is difficulty in procuring Explosives, tubes, tyres, food grains
              and other such materials and commodities, the Department can not and does
              not undertake any responsibility for assured supplies thereof. However the
              department will assist the contractor in forwarding recommending, his
              requirements for the work to proper authorities for all these articles without
              any commitment on the part of the Department.

32. ARBITRATION :
    32.1 In case of any dispute between the Contractor and the Government in any
         matter whatsoever, it shall be resolved as per the provisions of Clause 30 of
         the B-l form and in no circumstances reference to the Arbitration Act will be
         entertained.

33. PRICE VARIATION CLAUSE :
    If during the operative period of the Contract as defined in condition (i) below, there
    shall be any variation in the consumer Price Index (New Series) for Industrial
    Workers for Akola center as per the Labor Gazette published by the Commissioner
    of Labor, Government of Maharashtra and/or in the wholesale Price Index for all
    commodities prepared by the Office of Economic Adviser, Ministry of Industry,
    Government of India, or in the Price of petrol/Oil and lubricants and major

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                                92

      construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various types of metal pipes etc.,
      then subject to the other conditions mentioned below, price adjustment on account of

      (1)     Labour Component

      (2)     Material Component

      (3)     Petrol Oil and Lubricant Component

      (4)     Hysd and Mild Steel Component

      (5)     Cement component

      calculated as per the formula hereinafter appearing, shall be made. Apart from these,
      no other adjustment shall be made to the contract price for any reasons whatsoever.
      Component percentage as given below are as of the total cost of work put to tender.
      Total of Labour, Material and POL components shall be 100 and other components
      shall be as per actual.
      1.     Labour component                     -     K1 - 46.78 %
      2.      Material components                    -   K2 – 40.48 %
      3.      POL components                         -   K3 - 12.74 %
      4.      Hysd and Mild Steel Component          -   ACTUAL
      5.      Cement component                       -   ACTUAL
Note :-     If Cement, Steel Bitumen C.I. & D.I. pipes are supplied on schedule A then
    respective components shall not be considered. Also if particular components is not
    relevant same shall be deleted.
    Star rate for cement = Rs. 4820 - per M.T.

    Star rate for steel = Rs. 33478 - per tonne
Formula for labour component

V1 = 0.85 X P X [ K1 X ( L1 – L0 ) ]
                   100       L0
where,
     V1    =      Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for Labour
                  component.
     P     =      cost of work done during the quarter under consideration minus
                  royalty charges, the cost of cement and HYSD and Mild Steel,
                  calculated at the basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed
                  during the quarter under consideration.

      K1      =       percentage of labour component as indicated above .




Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                              93

      L0      =       Basic consumer price index for Akola center shall be average
              consumer price index of the quarter preceding the month in which the
              last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

      L1      =     Average consumer price index for Akola center for the quarter under
              consideration.


Formula for Materials Component:

V2 = 0.85 X P X [ K2 X ( M1 – M0 ) ]
                  100       M0
where,

V2 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for Material component.

P = cost of work done during the quarter under consideration minus royalty charges and
           the cost of cement and HYSD Steel, calculated at the basic star rates as
           applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration.

K2 = percentage of Material component as indicated above.

M0 = Basic wholesale price index shall be average wholesale price index for the quarter
      preceding the month in which to the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

M1= Average wholesale price index during the quarter under consideration.

Formula for Petrol, Oil, and Lubricant Component ( P.O.L.)

V3 = 0.85 X P X [ K3 X ( P1 – P0 ) ]
                  100         P0
where,
    V3 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for POL component.
    P = cost of work done during the quarter under consideration minus royalty
           charges, the cost of cement and HYSD Steel, calculated at the basic star rates
           as applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration.

      K3 = percentage of POL component as indicated above .

      P0 =    Average price of HSD at Akola of the quarter preceding the month in which
              the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

      P1=     Average price of HSD Akola at for the quarter under consideration.



Formula for HYSD and steel Component:

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                               94


V4 = [ S0 X ( SL1 – SL0 ) ] X T
       100      SL0

where,
    V4 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for HYSD / Mild steel
         component.

      S0 =    Basic rate of HYSD steel i.e. Rs. 33478/- per tonne as considered for
              working out value of P.

      SL1 = Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under
            consideration.

      SL0 = Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin of the quarter preceding the month in
            which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

      T=      Tonnage of steel used in permanent work of the quarter under consideration.

Formula for Cement Component

V5 = [ C0 X ( CL1 – CL0 ) ] X T
      100        CL0

where,
    V5 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be Allowed for Cement component.

      C0 = Basic rate of Cement i.e. Rs. 4820/- per tonne as considered for working out
           value of P.

      CL1 = Average Cement index published in the RBI Bulletin during the quarter
            under consideration.

      CL0 = Average Cement index published in the RBI Bulletin for the quarter
            preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender,
.          falls

      T=      Tonnage of Cement used in permanent work for the quarter under
              consideration.

      i)      The operative period of the contract shall mean the period commencing form
              the date of work order issued to the contractor and ending on the date on
              which the time allowed for the completion of the work specified in the
              contract for work; expires, taking into consideration the extension of time-
              limit, if any, for completion of the work granted by the engineer under the
              relevant clause of the Conditions of Contract, in cases other than those, where
              such extension is necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                               95

              decision of the engineer as regards the operative period of the contract shall be
              final and binding on the contractor. Where any compensation for liquidated
              damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in completion or
              inadequate progress under the relevant contract provisions, the price
              adjustment amount for the balance of work from the date of levy of such
              compensation shall be worked out by pegging the indices L1, M1 and P1 and
              also CL1, SI 1 to the levels corresponding to the date from which such
              compensation is levied.

      ii)     The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula
              given above in this clause.

      iii)    The price variation under this Clause shall not be payable for the extra items
              required to be executed during the completion of the work and also on the
              excess quantities of items payable under the provisions of Clause-38 of the
              contract form B-1. Since the rates payable for extra items or the extra
              quantities under Clause-38 are to be fixed as per current DSR or as mutually
              agreed to, yearly revision till completion of such work. In other words, when
              the completion / execution of extra items as well as extra quantities under
              Clause-38 of the contract form B-1 extends beyond the operative date of the
              DSR, then rates payable for the same beyond the date shall be revised with
              reference to the current DSR, prevalent at the time, on year to year basis or
              revised in accordance with mutual agreement thereon, as provided for in the
              contract, whichever is less.

      iv)     This clause is operative both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated
              above is on the plus side, payment on account of the price variation shall be
              allowed to the contractor and if it is on the negative side, the government shall
              be entitled to recover the same from the contractor and the amount shall be
              deductible from any amounts due and payable under the contract.

      v)      To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the
              contractor is not entirely covered by the provision of this or other clauses in
              the contract, the unit rate and prices included in the contract shall be deemed
              to include amount to cover the contingency of such other actual rise or fall in
              costs.


34. INSURANCE FOR CONTRACT WORK :

      The Contractor shall take out an Insurance Policy or Policies so as to provide ad-
      equate insurance cover for the execution of the awarded Contract work from the
      ‘Director of Insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai- 400 051’ only. Its postal address
      for correspondence is “264, Mhada, opposite Kalanagar, Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400
      051, (Tel. No. 26438403) (Fax) 26438461/26438690, Insurance policy/policies taken
      out from any other company will not be accepted. However, if the Contractor desires
      to effect insurance with the local office of any other insurance company, the same
Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                                96

      should be under the co-insurance-cum-servicing arrangements approved by the
      Director of Insurance. If the policy taken out by the Contractor is not on a co-
      insurance basis (G.I.F. 60% and insurance company 40%) approved by the
      Government Insurance Fund, the policy will not be accepted and the amount and the
      premium calculated by the Director of Insurance will be recovered directly from the
      amount payable to the Contractor for the executed work.


35. SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE BROUGHT BY THE
    CONTRACTOR

      All the materials including cement, steel etc. brought by the contractor for the work
      shall be reported to the Engineer-in-charge along with the necessary test report from
      Govt. laboratory or factory.

      Cement shall be brought of 43 grade confirming to I.S. 8112 of 1989 and to confirm
      concrete strength as per IS 156-1978.

      The steel supplied by the contractor shall be confirming to I.S. 432 (Part-1) of 1966
      and I.S. 1786 of 1976 amended time to time.

      Required quantity of explosive shall be brought by the contractor from the Govt.
      authorized depot. Document such shall be furnished to the Engineer-in-charge only.
      Skilled person to be kept on work site for all blasting operation.

      The structural steel to confirm I. S. 800 1962 and subsequent revision thereof quality
      control on the site should be the responsibility of the Engineer-in-charge with
      necessary equipment and labour made available by the contractor. It is the
      responsibility of the contractor to prove to the site Engineer that this work meet the
      required specifications. The responsibility of quality control of work will be of the
      site Engineer who will be given necessary guidance and administrative support by
      the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in-charge will be the overall in charge of the
      quality control on the site. The Contractor will be the ultimate responsible for the
      quality .

36. MODE OF PAYMENT OF THE QUANTITIES OF EXCAVATION,
    MASONRY AND CONCRETE ITEMS EXECUTED IN EXCESS OF 125%

      Clause No. 38 of B-1 Tender form pertains to payment of quantities of different
      items of schedule 'B' in excess of 125% of the Tendered quantities. It is to be
      clarified that in case of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata in the present
      Tender, this clause will become applicable only if the total quantity of excavation
      (i.e. quantity for Excavation in soft strata and quantity for excavation in hard strata)
      exceeds by 125% during execution.. For payment of quantity executed in excess of
      125% of total quantity of excavation, the following procedure will apply.



Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              97

CASE–1
Where the quantity of excavation executed exceeds 125% total of tendered quantity of
items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata, but quantity executed of anyone of the
individual items is less than or equal to the tendered quantity, for that item all the excess
quantity beyond 125% of total tendered quantity in items of excavation in soft hard strata,
will be paid by revising the rate of only that item where excess has occurred.


CASE–2
Where total quantity of excavation executed for both items (excavation in soft strata and
hard strata) exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantity, quantity in excess of 125% of
total tendered quantity will be distributed in the ratio of
Executed quantity of individual item of excavation
Total executed quantity of item of excavation in soft strata and hard strata.

Total executed quantity of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be paid by
revising the rate of individual items as per clause 38 (2) subject to the provision that the
revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond
125% of the Tendered quantity.

In case if executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of excavation in soft
strata and hard strata, these will be treated on similar lines as (1) and (2) above.

CASE–3
Where total quantity of all masonry items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all masonry items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered
quantity will be distributed in the ratio of

executed quantity of individual item of masonry /
 total executed quantity of all masonry items taken together.

Total executed quantity of items of masonry will be paid by revising the rate of individual
items as per clause 38 (2) subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be
applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond 125% of the Tendered
quantity.

In case of executed quantity less than 75% of the total quantity of all masonry items, these
will be treated on similar lines as (1) and (2) above.

CASE–4
Where total quantity of all concrete items taken together exceeds 125% of the total
tendered quantities of all concrete items, quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered
quantity will be distributed in the ratio of ..
Executed quantity of individual item of concrete
Total executed quantity of all concrete items taken together.
Total executed quantity of items of concrete will be paid by revising the rate of individual
items as per clause 38, (2) subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                 98

applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond 125% of the Tendered
quantity.

In case of executed quantity less than 75% of the total quantity of all concrete items, these
will be treated on similar lines as (1) and (2) above.


37. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS

      37.1    The Contractor shall deploy the following machines for this work as specified
              in the pre-qualification document. The machines shall be retained on site for
              the duration of the Contract (as per the work schedule) and all machines must
              be maintained in good working order.

              a)      2 Nos. excavator (e.g. Poclains) with a minimum of 5 numbers of
                      tippers in good working conditions

              b)      2 Nos. water tanker of adequate capacity in good working condition.

              c)      1 Nos. of Vibratory roller & 1 power roller of 8 to 10 capacity.

              d)      At least 1 mechanical or pneumatic tamper /rammer for earthworks
                      compaction around structures and other areas where the rollers cannot
                      access

              e)      If a sheep-foot type roller is not available then 1 farm tractor fitted with
                      disc harrows, for scarifying the layer before a new layer is placed.

      37.2    The Contractor shall have at least 2 No. qualified Engineer (full time
              employees) with a minimum of 5 years experience assigned to supervise the
              work. At least 1 supervisor shall be on site at all times. Engineer on contract
              will not be accepted.

      37.3    The Contractor shall have a well established field laboratory necessary for soil
              testing, sand testing and concrete sampling (testing equipments should be
              owned by him) set up on site, with experienced staff to carry out the tests.

      37.4    Quality control on the site shall be the responsibility of the Engineer-in–
              charge with necessary equipment and labour made available by the contractor.
              It is responsibility of the contractor to prove the site engineer that his work
              meets the required specifications. The responsibility of the daily quality
              control of work will be of the Site Engineer who will be given necessary
              guidance and administrative support from the Engineer in Charge. The
              Engineer in Charge will be overall in-charge of the quality control on this
              work. The cost involved with the quality control on the site is responsibility of
              the contractor


Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                               99

      37.5    All references to “Proctor Density” “Modified Proctor Density” or “Standard
              Proctor Density” in the Contract documents should be taken to mean
              "Standard Proctor Density" in the context of this Contract.

      37.6    In executing the work, the Contractor should undertake the earthworks,
              masonry works and concrete works simultaneously in order that the work can
              be completed within the shortest possible period.

      37.7    The final payment to the Contractor will only be made after a Completion
              Report for the works has been approved by the Engineer-in-charge and the
              Certificate of Completion has been issued (as per clause 7 of Conditions of
              Contract). The Completion Report is to comprise of (1) record drawings (2)
              quality control records (3) excess/saving note (4) materials test reports and (5)
              a Completion Inspection Survey of all components with design compliance
              certified by Engineer-in-charge.

38. BLASTING BOULDER –
     Measurement for blasting boulders bigger than 0.1 cum not covered by the
excavation in over burden or compulsory excavation viz. C.O.T., Drains, H.R W.W etc .as
indicated in the foregoing shall be taken on stacks of regular size. All such material for
measurements shall be stacked in compact manners at convenient spot near excavation of
work. Before final disposal at specified area without any extra cost, for arriving at the
quantity to be paid for 50% of the measured stack volume shall be deducted from stacked
measurement for voids. Such net quantities arrived at for payment will be deducted form
quantity of the overburden and shall be paid in the item of excavation in hard strata.
Boulders which are not to be paid for rock excavation will be disposed off.


39. FORMATION OF WATER USERS CO-OPERATIVE/ ASSOSIATION
    SOCIETY. (WUA)
      The contactors shall assist for the formation of water user co-operative/ association
(WUA) of the farmers under command. The contractor should complete all the formalities
for the formation of WUA for registration of the WUA with the competent authority. The
contractor shall also made all the requirement for the all site visits and study tours
including all necessary expenses required for transportation, lodging and boarding of the
representative team of the WUA to the near by successful water Users Co-Op
Society/Association in the region or adjacent region and WALMI Aurangabad. He should
also make necessary arrangement for imparting the required training to the members of the
WUA. All the these activities are to be carried out under the supervision of the Engineer-
in-charge and in full cooperation of the beneficiaries.

40. Quarry Boulders:-      a) While working out the rate of embankment items from
     borrow area (both for casing and hearting) the presence of boulders of size more than
     0.1 cum in the borrow area has not been contemplated. However, during the actual
     operation of the borrow area, if it is noticed that the borrow areas contain boulders of
     size more than 0.1 cum, then the efforts required to operate these borrow areas in

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              100

      start a containing boulders of more than 0.1 cum size, will be considered as
      stipulated hereafter.

        b) In case, it becomes evident from the detailed record which the contractor shall
      keep from time to time as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and get it certified from
      the Engineer-in-charge the borrow areas contain boulders of size more than 0.1 cum,
      the contractor may claim for the extra efforts taken for quarrying in the borrow area
      in strata be considered only if all the boulders of size more than 0.1 cum, met with in
      the borrow area quarry excavation, are neatly stacked and for which measurements
      shall be taken and recorded in the measurement Book and quantity arrived at after a
      deduction of 50% of the stacked quantity for voids, will be considered for the
      purpose of this claim and dealt with as an Extra Item.

        The claim for extra efforts will be considered for the stacked quantity less voids at
      50% of contract rate of item No. 2 (including excalation as per formula I contract) of
      this contract or 50% of the Regional Schedule of Rates for the item of excavation in
      Hard Rock, applicable for the relevant year of execution, whichever is lower, subject
      to the provision that the actual payment will be made only after the completion of the
      embankment work under the item of embankment from borrow area in the working
      season. It shall be the entire responsibility of the contractor to maintain full data from
      time to time, preferably every month, about the boulders (more than 0.1 cum size)
      stacked and get it certified from the Engineer-in-charge, without which no claim
      shall become tenable and will therefore not be considered.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              101

      GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE WORK OF
                  CONSTRUCTION OF MANDWA STORAGE TANK,
                         TAL. RISOD, DIST. WASHIM

                                           INDEX

      SR. NO.                      PARTICULARS                PAGE NO.
                                                            From        To
   SECTION 01             ED-S STRIPPING THE SEAT OF DAM   100        101
   SECTION 02             ED-E EXCAVATION                  102        110

   SECTION 03             ED-B PROVIDING EMBANKMENT        111        123

   SECTION 04             ED-FS SLOPPING FILTER            124        124

   SECTION 05             ED- T ROCK TOE                   125        126

   SECTION 06             ED-P PITCHING                    127        129

   SECTION 07             ED-F FILTER MATERIALS            130        133

   SECTION 08             C-CEMENT CONCRETE                134        149

   SECTION 09             R-REINFORCEMENT                  150        154

   SECTION 10             MISCELLANEOUS                    155        161

   SECTION 11             RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATION     162        168

   SECTION 12             ROYALTY CHARGES                  169        169




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections       Executive Engineer,
                                              102

                                      SECTION - 1
               GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR EARTHEN DAM

ED-S: STRIPPING

ED-S.0: SCOPE

Stripping and benching the seat of the dam and disposing off the material as and where
directed.

ED-S.1: SCOPE

The item of stripping includes furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material required
for carrying out excavation in all strata, including site clearance, conveyance and disposal
in a manner approved by the engineer-in-charge and with all leads and lifts and all items
covered within the intent and purpose of the item.

ED-S.2: SITE CLEARANCE

All area required for the seat of the dam and beyond the seat on the dam shall be cleared
of all trees up to the diameter of 15 cm, stumps, bushes, roots, rubbish and all other
objectionable materials. All such materials shall be removed from the site so as not to
interfere with construction and maintenance operation of the project and shall be disposed
off as directed by the engineer-in-charge to such disposal area as directed. All trees cut
and all materials from dismantled structures shall be the property of government and shall
be stacked at suitable places as directed by the engineer-in-charge or his representative.

ED-S.3: STRIPPING

The entire area of the seat of dam shall be stripped off to a sufficient depth to remove all
top soil, loose soil and vegetable matter and soil in the root zone or soil not suitable for the
foundation of the dam embankment as determined by the Engineer-in-charge. The
stripping should be carried out down to a firm natural soil as directed.

However, the rate of the item shall include striping maximum up to 0.60 Meter Depth.
Any stripping required to be done below 0.60 meter depth will be paid under the item of
excavation. The rate also includes benching and keying which shall be formed whenever
directed to insure proper junction and bonding. In case of trees with deep roots, they must
be removed at least up to one meter depth below ground level.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                             103

ED-S.4: DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS

The stripped material shall be transported and dumped or stacked at the disposal sites as
approved by the engineer-in-charge. In no case shall this stripped material contaminate
with the embankment materials.

ED-S.5: LEAD AND LIFT

The item includes all lead and lifts involved in the operation.

ED-S.6: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

The measurement shall be based on the volume of the stripped quantity in cubic meter.
The quantity will be computed by taking cross section at every 15 meters or at closer
intervals for the areas stripped as per specifications.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                             104

                                     SECTION - 2
                                  ED EXCAVATION

ED-E: SCOPE

Excavation is mainly classified to its purpose under

1)    Excavation for seat of dam and drain, C.O.T.

2)    Excavation for Waste Weir, approach and tail channels, flank walls Guide walls, key
      walls and head regulators etc.

The item includes furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material required for carrying
out excavation in all strata including conveyance and disposal in a manner hereinafter
specified and all operations within the intent and purpose of the item.

The item of excavation for other purposes shall include furnishing of all tools, plant,
labour and material required for carrying out excavation in different strata for the various
parts as denoted in the drawings, and removing and disposal in a manner hereinafter
specified with all leads and lifts, maintaining the excavated slopes and trenches and all
operations covered within the intent and purpose of the item. the rate also includes
excavation in wet and moist conditions occurred in.

ED-E2: CLEARANCE OF SITE OF WORK

All areas required for the construction of the dam and appurtenant works and the surface
of all borrow pits shall be cleared off all trees, stumps, bushes, roots vegetation and other
objectionable materials. All such materials shall be removed from the site so as not to
interfere with construction and maintenance of the project and shall be disposed off as
directed by the engineer-in-charge to such disposal areas as directed. All trees cut and all
materials from the dismantled structures shall be the property of government and shall be
stacked at suitable places as directed by the engineer-in-charge.

The cost of clearance as specified above is deemed to be included in the item of
excavation for dam and appurtenant works.

ED-E3: BASE LINES AND GRADES

Before starting the work, one reference line and Bench Marks will be established by the
department. Permanent base lines and cross lines shall be established by the contractor at
sufficiently close intervals with Bench Marks at all end points to serve as “Reference
Grid”. The contractor shall provide at his expense all templates, pillars and stakes,
equipment materials and labour for establishing the Grid lines and the pillars, and shall be
responsible for their maintenance during the whole season of construction. These shall be
laid out with the prior approval of the engineer-in-charge. No base line or bench marks or
reference marks shall be used as reference line for the work, without prior approval of the
Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              105

engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall maintain a certified copy of such approved
reference lines, bench-marks and levels and shall not remove any of them without the
prior approval of the engineer-in-charge.

The reference points and pillars, already established by the department in the works area
shall be fully protected and maintained by the contractor. He shall repair and rebuild the
same in case of any damage, intentional or otherwise.

The contractor shall layout the work from the reference base lines in consultation with the
engineer-in-charge and shall be responsible for the correctness of all measurements and
levels in connection therewith notwithstanding the fact that the same might have been
checked by the staff of the engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall be responsible for the proper execution of the work to such lines and
grades as may be specified in the drawings or established or indicated by the engineer-in-
charge from time to time.

ED-E4: CLASSIFICATION OF STRATA

The strata of excavation shall be classified as under:-
1) Hard strata.
2) Soft strata with soft rock.

DEFINITION OF STRATA

HARD STRATA

This shall include all rocks occurring in masses which normally needs regular blasting for
quarrying (Note: It shall also include rock which owing to the proximity of building or for
any other reasons has to be cut by means of chisels or wedges). It shall also include
boulders in mass , isolated boulders in mass and isolated boulders over 0.1 cum each,
which normally require blasting or wedging and breaking for removal.

SOFT STRATA WITH SOFT ROCK

This shall include all material which is rock but does not need blasting and could be
removed with pick, bar and shovel. It shall also include boulders upto 0.1 cubic meter each
which normally do not need blasting and could be removed with a pick, bar and shovel.

This shall include all kinds of materials such as shale, indurate clay, soil, silt, sand, gravel,
sole, average and hard murum and any other material which can best be removed with a
shovel after loosening with pick and / or bar. It shall also include isolated boulders up to
0.1 cubic meter each which normally do not need blasting and could be removed with a
pick, bar and shovel.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                              106

At the change of the strata the contractor shall inform the department in writing before
proceeding with the excavation in the hard strata. The engineer-in-charge may thereupon
cause to take levels of the finished excavation in the soft strata.

The decision of the engineer-in-charge regarding classification of strata shall be
conclusive and binding on the contractor. No distinction shall be made whether the
material is dry or wet.

ED-E5: SAFETY OF EXCAVATION

Before any work of excavation of foundation is taken up, all loose rock, detached rock in
or close to the area to be excavated, that is liable to fall or otherwise endanger the
workmen on the project shall be stripped. The methods employed shall be such as will not
shatter any rock that was originally sound or safe. Any material not required removal as
contemplated therein, but which may later become loosened or unstable shall be promptly
and satisfactorily removed. The cost of such clearing shall be deemed to have been
included in the unit rates accepted under the different terms of excavation and up to pay
lines.

ED-E6: SHORING AND STRUTTING

MAINTENANCE OF EXCAVATION SLOPES

Any shoring and strutting required during construction shall be deemed to be covered by
the rates quoted for the items. The contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy of the
excavated stuff. If at any particular location the contractor considers it necessary, in the
interest of safety to provide safety measures, shall forthwith bring the same to the notice of
engineer-in-charge and obtain the orders thereon. Such additional excavation shall be paid
for at the rates accepted for the particular class of material.

Before excavation of the trenches to the final slopes it is necessary that the contractor shall
first ascertain the strata classification by excavating a pilot section and only after the strata
is classified, adjust the said slopes to final designed section. The contractor is not entitled
for any extra payment on this account and the tendered rate is deemed to be inclusive of it.

SLIPS

Every precaution shall be taken to prevent slips. But should slips occur, the slipped
material shall be removed to slopes as directed. Removal of such material shall not be paid
for. No compensation shall be paid to the contractor because of mishaps arising out of
slips.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                            107

ED-E7: BLASTING

OBSERVING RULES REGARDING BLASTING

In conduction blasting operations, proper precautions shall be taken for the protection of
persons, the work and property. All Government laws in relation to design and location of
power magazines, transport and handling of explosives and other measures enacted for the
prevention of accidents shall be strictly observed. Warning signals shall be given for each
blast. Specifications for blasting given under separate section shall be carefully land
rigidly observed.

STORING OF EXPLOSIVES

Explosives shall be stored in the magazine building to be provided by the contractor under
the special care of a watchman, so that in case of accidents, no damage occurs to other
parts of the work. Explosives, detonators and fuses shall each be separately stored.

RESTRICTIONS ON BLASTING

a)    No blasting which may disturb. Endanger the stability. Safety or quality of the
      foundation shall be permitted.

b)    Blasting within 30 meters of main work in progress of permanent structure shall not
      be permitted.

c)    Progressive blasting shall be limited to two third of the total remaining depth of
      excavation.

d)    No large scale blasting operation will be resorted to when the foundation excavation
      reaches the last one meter and only small charges preferably black powder may be
      allowed so as not to shatter the foundation.

e)    The last blast shall not be more than ½ meter in depth. Therefore for finishing the
      excavation work and in special locations (only in rock) where specifically indented
      or ordered in writing by the engineer-in-charge use of explosives shall be
      discontinued and excavation completed by barring, wedging, chiseling or other
      suitable methods approved or directed by engineer-in-charge and cost of such work
      will be deemed to have been included in the tendered rate.




Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                              108

ED-E8: EXCAVATION OUTLINE AND PAY LINE FOR OTHER THAN
       FOUNDATION STRUCTURE

All excavation shall be performed in accordance with the lines, grade levels and
dimensions shown in the drawing or established by the engineer-in-charge. The
dimensions shown in the drawing are tentative. During the progress of work it may be
found necessary or desirable to vary the slopes or the dimensions of excavation from those
specified in the drawings. The side slopes to the excavations shall be as steep would stand
with safety as decided by the engineer-in-charge and, slopes would be normally as per
table given below or less subjects to safety.

 Table     Slope           Table               Slope            Table               Slope

  Sand       1:1          HM /HMB               ¼:1      SR above 3 m depth          1/4:1

   Soil     ½:1      S.R. & HR Up to 3 m     Vertical   HR above depth 3 m           1/8:1
  /S.M

If the slopes established are found to be steeper and likely to slip, they shall be made
flatter removing the additional material and introducing suitable berms if possible and
stable faces established as decided by the engineer-in-charge. The additional excavation
when ordered by the engineer-in-charge will be paid at the rates accepted for excavation
for the particular class of material.

PAY LINES AND EXCESS EXCAVATION IN CASE OF FOUNDATION OF
STRUCTURES

No payment shall be made for the work done beyond the specified pay lines. Payment
lines for different strata for all excavation is defined as the lines starting from the outer
dimensions of masonry of concrete at foundation levels and sloping up confirming to the
side slopes as above specified in the table above.

Not withstanding standards given hereinbefore for the excavation outlines and contractor
shall take care to see that no slips or accidents occur and that the slopes are stable if
necessary he shall carry out necessary shoring and strutting at his own cost.

Any or all excavation carried out by the contractor for any purpose or reasons shall unless
ordered in writing by the engineer-in-charge be at the expense of the contractor and if the
unauthorized excavation has to be filled with concrete or masonry or with materials as
specified by the engineer-in-charge, filling so needed, shall be carried out by the
contractors as per the specifications of the respective items of works at his own expense.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                                109

ED-E9 DISPOSAL EXCAVATED OF MATERIALS

Deposition of excavated stuff clears off traffic lines, etc.

Before any excavation is started, the deposition of spoil shall be carefully planned so as
not to obstruct traffic lines required for transport of the construction materials.

The excavated material shall be dumped sufficiently clear off the edges of excavation so
as not to endanger stability of the excavation and also permit ample space for tramways,
lorry patches, installation of lifting and pumping devices, stacking construction materials,
etc.
SORTING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS

The excavated material shall be carefully sorted for use on the dam, as directed by the
engineer-in-charge and shall be hauled directly to the place of use if possible. The
excavated material which is not considered fit for use in the embankment, shall be
immediately removed and deposited at such place and in such manner as well be directed
by the engineer-in-charge. The material found unusable should be got approval from the
engineer-in-charge before actually disposing it off. The useful material obtained from
excavation shall be used directly or heaped separately as per the requirements for earthen
dam and masonry spillway. The material for earth dam shall be heaped for different zone
namely
1) Earth material required for hearting
2)    For casing zone
3)    Rubble required for rock toe, pitching and quarry spauls.
The rubble suitable for masonry etc. should be stacked separately for following purposes:
1)    Large size rubble for masonry.
2)    Small size rubble for crushing.
3)    Long headers for masonry, etc.
4)    Chips for back filling, etc.

CONVEYANCE OF MATERIAL

All the excavated materials from excavation shall be selected by removing roots, grass,
organic matter, and other objectionable matter and be sorted out into different types of
materials for use in different zones of the dam as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
same shall be loaded in the vehicles proceeding directly to the place of use except such
material as is required to be stockpiled.




Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections            Executive Engineer,
                                              110

MODE OF HEAPING OTHER USEFUL MATERIALS

The useful materials that cannot be used directly shall be heaped in separate area with
reference to the nature of the material. Stockpiles shall be of as regular size as possible
allowing of easy measurements.

The material once heaped shall be utilized as and when and where required and as directed
by the engineer-in-charge. The cost of complete item of excavation includes the cost of re-
handling of the materials so temporarily heaped and reused.

THE FREE USE OF USEABLE EXCAVATED SPOIL

All usable spoils of excavation whether done by the contractor or department or through
other agencies fixed by the department will be available free of cost for use by the
contractor on the construction of the dam only, when it is not required by the department.

DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS

The waste materials shall be heaped in spoils banks in regular shape with suitable slopes
as directed and properly trimmed so as to present a neat appearance of that may be wasted
in other approved locations. The spoil-banks shall be located in such a way that they will
not interfere with the natural flow of the river.

No material shall be wasted where it will be detract from the appearance or interfere with
the accessibility of completed structures. Excavated materials shall not be carelessly
thrown over the premises and shall be deposited directly in permanent positions consistent
with proper execution of work. The rate of disposal is included in the excavation item

LEADS AND LIFTS

The unit price shall include all leads and lifts in the above operations.

ED-E10: MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS

The measurements shall be based on areas of cross section taken normal to the axis of
structure of its part of the original ground surface and the surface of finally completed
excavation within the pay lines, taken at every 15 meters along with axis of structure of its
part. Where there is abrupt change in depth, additional cross section may taken at the
discretion of the engineer-in-charge. Levels along the cross section shall be taken at every
15 to 20 meters or 5 meters as per exigency of work.

During the execution of the work, running payments for the items of the excavation will
be made to contractor at 90% of his tender rate for the item. The remaining payments for
this item will be progressively released depending upon the progress of completion of the
item of excavation. The part rate will be reviewed by the engineer-in-charge when he feels
necessary and decision of the engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                            111

contractor. During the excavation of the work, running payment for the items of
excavation will be made to the contractor on the basis of cross sectional measurements.

ED-E11: PREPARING AND TESTING OF FOUNDATION: SCALING,
        TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION

After rough excavation to the required depth is completed, scaling and trimming
operations for removal of all pieces loosened during excavation of partly separated from
main rock mass by seams or cracks shall be carried our to the entire satisfaction of the
engineer-in-charge.

TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS

All weathered or partly decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not leave on the
foundation any rock other than that which is an integral part of the rock mass. Areas of
low bearing capacity, steep inclined seams, faults, and crushed zone of an otherwise good
foundation, if permitted to be kept shall be cleared out to a sufficient depth and refilled
and plugged with masonry or concrete as directed by engineer-in-charge.

FINAL FINISHED SURFACE OF FOUNDATION

The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross section to give
added resistance to sliding. All polished surfaces shall be roughened artificially to give
good bond. The surface shall be free of steep angle and the edges of benches shall be
chamfered approximately to 45 pinnacles or projections shall be knocked off and
prominent knobs flattened. Neither along the length of the dam, nor across it, shall the
foundation normally have a slope steeper than 1 vertical: 1 horizontal and 1 vertical: 4
horizontal respectively unless otherwise permitted by the engineer-in-charge.

TESTING FOR SOUNDNESS

The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking with a heavy hammer and
if any loose portion of foundation rock is revealed by a hollow sound, it shall be excavated
further (without blasting) till a clear ringing sound is obtained.

FOUNDATIONS TO BE KEPT COMPLETELY DRY DURING CONSTRUCTION

The foundation shall be kept completely de-watered till such times as would be required
for the masonry or concrete to set. The de-watering required for this purpose is included
in the each item of concrete ,Masonry , excavation & preparation of foundation as
specified herein..




Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              112

ED-E12: PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION SURFACE

SCOPE

The item includes furnishing of all plant labour and material required for preparation of
foundation i.e. cleaning, scaling and trimming operation for removal of all loose pieces
found at the top of foundation level, it also including dry air jetting and then cleaning with
air and water jet under pressure. The rate also includes applying cement slurry and cement
mortar in proportion 1:3 before laying masonry or concrete on finally finished surfaces.

SEALING AND TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION

Rough excavation complete to the required depth is to be further cleaned and finished as
below. The scaling and trimming operation for removal of all pieces, loosened during
excavation or partly separated from main rock mass by seams or cracks, shall be carried
out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

PREPARATION OF SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING

Immediately before laying masonry or concrete, the foundation shall be thoroughly
cleared off, all lose materials like chips, sand, dirt and even a slight film of oil, all grease.
This shall be done by pick, hammers, stiff, forms, jets of water and jets of air at high
pressures and or wet sand blasting followed by through washing. The whole surface and
particularly all corners, crevices and joints shall be cleared off, all dirt clinging to them by
holding the tip of water hose close to it. The pressure for jets of water or air shall not be
less than 15 meters of water head and 5 kg/cm2 for it.

The finished surface shall be thoroughly scrubbed with stiff wire brushes. The washing
and scrabbling shall be continued until deleterious material, clinging to the surface is
removed. This is indicated by the wash water in the benches becoming clean and free from
dirt. In the final clearing all water shall be removed by using sponge so that slightest pool
of water does not remain.

MORTAR ON PREPARED SURFACE

Before laying masonry or concrete over the finally prepared surface of the foundation
slurry of water cement ratio (0.6) by weight shall be applied on rock surface. Over this
slurry layer of cement mortar 1:3 as directed with water cement ratio as low as practicable,
should be laid to a depth of 50 mm to 70 mm. The mortar shall be rubbed by a trowel, to
ensure good adhesion.

MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :

       No separate payment will be made for this preparation work as it considered to be
included in the rates for the excavation and/proceeding earth, concrete or masonry work.



Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                             113

                                     SECTION - 3
                          ED-B : PROVIDING EMBANKMENTS

(With materials either from Borrow areas or useful approved materials from compulsory
excavation)

ED-B 1: SCOPE

The item of embankment shall include furnishing all tools, plants, labours and materials
required, stripping of the borrow areas, excavating the materials from the borrow areas,
conveying the same and placing the same, of the useful materials from compulsory
excavation for COT, masonry dam foundation, drains, etc. in specified layers for
embankment, including watering and mixing (or drying as the case maybe ) and
mechanical compaction to specified density and moisture content for each type of material
and performing all operations necessary and ancillary thereto.

ED-B 2: BORROW AREAS

GENERAL
All materials required for construction of embankment, or backfill, which are not available
from the compulsory excavation (for cut off trench, masonry dam foundations, drains,
etc.) shall be obtained from the contractors own borrow areas. Borrows pits shall be
opened at the location and to the limits, as per directions of the engineer-in-charge. As far
as practicable the borrow areas going under submergence on up-stream side shall be
tacked first. The contractor is expected to have his own prospecting carried out before
tendering for the works. The data presented therein are to be taken only as guidance and
no claims shall be entertained in further due to lack of conformity between the natures and
quantity of material actually met with during construction.

PRIOR APPROVAL TO BORROW AREA BEFORE START OF WORK

Before any borrow area is opened the material from the borrow area to be used in
particular zone of the earth dam should be got approved from Engineer-in-charge.

STRIPPING OF BORROW AREAS

Before opening of borrow area from where the material is to be obtained, the area shall be
cleared off all trees, stumps, etc. and stripped to remove the top soil, humus, vegetable
matter organic matter, roots, rubbish, and all other objectionable material which is
unsuited for the purpose for which the borrow pits to be excavated. All such materials
shall be removed to such disposal areas as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. In no case
shall the stripped material be allowed to contaminate the material going into the
embankment. All trees cut shall be the property of Government and shall be stacked at
suitable place as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.



Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              114

The rate for embankment including use of material from borrow areas includes the
clearing and stripping the borrow areas and disposing the waste material as directed. The
cleared and stripped areas shall be maintained free from vegetable growth adequately and
drained during the progress of work, without any extra cost.

EXPLOITATION OF BORROW AREA

A.    Where the borrow pits are opened adjacent to the dam, the edge of excavation shall
      be at a distance of five times of the height of the dam opposite as measured above the
      top level of edge of excavation to the top of the dam subject to the minimum distance
      of 100 meters from the toes of the dam.

B.    Where no positive cut off is provided, care shall be taken to see that no previous
      strata are uncovered by excavation of borrow pits on the water side of the dam within
      a distance of ten times the height of the drain as measured from the upstream toe of
      the dam.

C.    Borrow pits shall be so worked that selected materials will be furnished as required,
      as close as practicable to the point of utilization so that they will not interfere with
      the location of permanent structure no more the usefulness or appearance of any of
      the work.

D.    The formation of pools shall be avoided to avoid spoiling of useful material and also
      bad appearance and all borrow pits shall be drained as necessary by ditches to the
      nearest cut falls. All borrow pits except those that would be submerged in the
      reservoir shall be connected to each other and the last borrow pits to the nearest
      drainage channel so as to avoid stagnation of water. The bottom of the pits shall be so
      fixed, that the pits drain into some natural course.

E.    No borrow areas should be taken of roads, village tracks, canals, etc. occurring in the
      borrow areas.

F.    All borrow areas shall be arranged with certain amount of regularity having regard to
      the convenience of the work during excavation and to its safety and appearance of
      finish after its completion.

QUARRY ROADS

Temporary path to and fro borrow areas including river and nalla crossings (to the site of
embankment where the materials are required to be deposited) shall be constructed and
maintained by the contractor at his own cost.

MATERIAL FROM AREA OTHER THAN BORROW AREAS OR FROM THE
COMPULSORY EXCAVATION IN SOFT STRATA

During the construction the contractor may after careful prospecting and with the specific
written approval of the Executive Engineer bring suitable material from Borrow areas at

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              115

his own cost. No extra payment for increase in lead or any other reason would be
admissible .
ED-B 3: SELECTION OF MATERIALS

I.    The borrow pit materials or the material from compulsory excavation shall be got
      classified from engineer-in-charge with regard to its suitability for the particular zone
      in the dam. The standard of material required for various zone in the dam i.e. filling
      of the cut of trench, hearting, casing zone shall be as directed by the engineer-in-
      charge. The classification by the engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the
      contractor.

II.   The requirements of the material shall be generally as under:

      A)    HEARTING AND FILLING OF COT

            The material shall be uniform impervious material, not containing boulders or
            any other hard materials of more than 5.00 cms maximum dimension, any
            organic matter and free from all clods and lumps

      B)    CASING

            All materials shall be free from organic material and should contain coarse
            grained material, the suitability being conformed by laboratory tests. Normally
            the material should not contain boulders or stone larger than ¾ the size of
            thickness of the compacted layer, when compacted the material should be fairly
            pervious. The permeability of the compacted casing zone, as determined by the
            methods deemed fit by the engineer-in-charge, be about 104 cm/s (100 feet per
            year) or as specified by the engineer-in-charge.

ED-B 4: PLACING OF MATERIALS

GENERAL

The embankment shall be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. The
slopes of the division lines between zones or portions of embankment are tentative land
shall be subject to variation at any time prior to or during construction and on account of
this the contractor shall be entitled to no additional allowance above the unit price
accepted. No roots, vegetable matter, hums or other unsuitable material shall be placed in
the embankment. The contractor shall maintain the embankment in an approved manner
until the final completion and acceptance of all of the work under the contractor. Care
shall be taken to drain all rain water falling on the rolled surface away beyond the dam toe
lines. The embankment for each portion shall maintain approximately level but it is
necessary to have slopes. The slope should not be steeper than 1:2.0 (vertical to
horizontal). All openings or gaps through the embankment required for constructions
purpose shall be subject to approval and such openings or gaps if approved shall be
constructed so that the slope of the bonding surface between embankment in place and
embankment to be placed is not steeper than 1:4 (vertical to Horizontal). The suitability of

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              116

each part of the foundation for placing embankment materials thereon and of all the
materials for use embankment construction will be determined by the engineer-in-charge.
The material shall be placed in layers and compacted. If the rolled surface is very uneven
containing hollows and humps, the hollows shall be filled up and surface rolled before any
fresh layer is taken.

REFERENCE POINT

Before commencing the placement, all lines marking the extremities of berm, hearting
casing zones, filter etc. of the embankment shall be marked with reference to reference
pillars. The reference pillars shall be of concrete or masonry and the information
indication chainage levels etc. shall be properly inscribed or written on them as directed
by the engineer-in-charge the contractor shall construct and maintain all reference pillars.
No extra payment is admissible to the contractor on this account.

PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION OR PREPARATION OF SURFACE OF
EARTH WORK PREVIOUSLY LAID

A.    GENERAL

      No material shall be placed in any section of the dam until the foundation of that
      section has been dewatered and suitably prepared and has been approved by the
      engineer-in-charge. It is necessary to ensure the surface material of the foundation
      will be as compact will bounded with first layer of the embankment as herein, after
      specified for subsequent layers of the earth fill. All portion of the excavation made
      for test pits or trial pits and all other existing cavities found within the area to be
      covered by earth fill which extended below the established lines of excavation for
      dam embankment foundation shall be filled with compaction earth fill materials as
      herein specified for earth fill in embankment and payment therefore will be made as
      provided for hearting or casing in which section the pit or cavities are filled.

B.    FOUNDATION OTHER THAN ROCK

      The seat of the dam after it is stripped shall be cleared off all loose or objectionable
      material before placing any layer. The surface shall than be watered and rolled as
      directed if the surface material in not compact enough. The surface shall then be
      scarified by the sloughing or by harrows or by rake or by any suitable method, all
      clods broken and then it shall be moistened liberally but not more than 2% on wet
      side of optimum unless the foundation material already contains optimum of
      moisture before the first layers is placed.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              117

C.    ROCK FOUNDATION

      Any steps of large depression of humps caused by abrupt change in level shall be
      veiled out to fine slope and the removal of rock will be paid under item of
      excavation. If necessary the surface shall be roughened by shallow longitudinal
      trenchers of corrugations cut in the rock and the removal of rock will be paid under
      the item of excavation. The rock surface including all pockets or depression shall be
      carefully cleaned of soil of rock fragments before placing of the first layer. Dikes and
      seams of soft material shall be opened out, cleaned to the depth as directed and filled
      with selected impervious material or lean concrete as directed by the engineer-in-
      charge. The foundation surface shall be moistened out no standing water shall be
      permitted when the first layer is placed. The rock surface after moistening shall be
      given slurry wash, and immediately after the wash (so as not allowing it to dry) first
      layer of soil will be placed.

    If exposed surface is very rough and uneven, so as to preclude the use of power
operated rollers and equipment it shall be brought to an even, surface by filling the
hollows and depressions in layers not more than 100 mm thick with moist well soaked
soil, having moistures content equal to standard proctor optimum moisture of dry weight
of soil, and compacting the same by hand, pneumatic or mechanical tampers.

D.    EARTHEN WORK PREVIOUSLY LAID

      The treatment of the surface in the case before a fresh layer is placed will be the same
      as for the foundation other than rock. Over-compacted portions of embankment
      formed due to constant traffic which and likely to separate from the layers below
      shall be entirely removed without any extra cost. When smooth rollers are used for
      compaction, the surface of a compacted layer shall be scarified or roughened before
      fresh layer is laid out on it. When sheep foot rollers are used for compactions fresh
      layer may be directly laid on the previously laid surface. Water shall be sprinkled on
      the previous layer unless the material in the surface is sufficiently wet in case it
      contains moisture more than OMC due to rain, etc it shall be allowed to dry to have
      optimum moisture and rolled again.

E.    ROCK ABUTMENTS OF SIDES OF ROCK CUTTING

      It should be seen that no hollow side ways are left. Also all projections shall be
      trimmed before placing embankments against rock abutments or sides or rock
      cuttings the same shall be trimmed to ½:1 slope, preferably 1:1 slope and then
      thoroughly washed with mud slurry and selected moist soil laid against the same until
      the mud wash is still wet. The moist soil laid against rock surface shall be compacted
      with hand reamers or air operated reamers. Soil with moisture content equal to
      OMC+2% of dry weight of soil will be used for this portion.

      The cost of operation involved in preparation of foundation surface shall be included
      in the rates of embankment


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               118

F.    LAYING AND SPREADING IN LAYERS

      a)    Approved material free from clods and lumps, large than 50 mm size shall be
            conveyed directly from source of excavation or form stock piles and laid in
            appropriate zones of embankment as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, on
            surface of the foundation of previously laid earth work prepared as specified.
            The material shall then be spread on the embankment in uniform and continuous
            layer approximately horizontal unless earth work in slope has been permitted or
            specified.

      b)    The thickness of layers will depend on the nature of materials and the type of
            compacting machinery. The thickness of layer should be such that desired
            density after compaction shall be uniformly obtained through the depth. For the
            guidance of the contractor it may be stated that the thickness of the layer shall
            be 20 to 23 cm loose and 15 cm compacted for sheep foot rollers, 15 to 11 cm
            loose and 11 cm compacted for smooth wheeled rollers and 8 cm Loose and 5
            cm compacted by hand or pneumatic or mechanical tampers. The thickness of
            the 1 compacted layers will be found out by taking levels after every three (or
            less number if necessary) layers laid and compacted and finding out the
            average. The layer shall be spread in uniform width and in stages to facilitate
            compaction by rollers. The work in various zones all as far as possible be raised
            simultaneously. If however any zone or its part is permitted by the engineer-in-
            charge to be raised higher than the part adjacent to it, the loose density without
            extra cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. A minimum slope of 2:1
            should be provided at such junction and vertical difference between such two
            junctions should not be more than 1.5 meters.

      c)    No clods or lumps more than 5 cm size shall be allowed in hearting and all
            lumps and clods shall be broken up to the above size before rolling.

      d)    The distribution and gradation of materials through the impervious core
            including the backfill of the cut off trench shall be from lenses or pockets of
            materials differing substantially in texture of gradation from surrounding
            material. The excavation and placing operations shall be such that the materials
            when compacted will be so blended as to secure the best practicable degree of
            compaction, impermeability and stability.

      e)    The Engineer-in-charge may designate the location in the earth fill where the
            individual loads shall be deposited. The most imperious materials shall be
            placed in the central upstream portion of the earth fill and the more previous
            materials shall be placed on either side of it so that permeability of the fill will
            be gradually increased towards the upstream and down stream edge of the fill
            when materials differ in dry density but have about the same permeability the
            material having the greater density should be placed in the other section of the
            zone of the dam as the case my be.



Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              119

      f)    Should cobbles and rock fragments of size larger than permissible be found in
            otherwise approved earth fill material they shall be removed by the contractor
            either at the side of excavation or after being transported to the earth fill but
            before materials in the earth fill are wasted as approved and directed by the
            Engineer-in-charge.

      g)    In order that proper compaction can be done up to the edge of the designed
            section and then dressed and brought to the required slopes. Necessary extra
            quantity required to be handled for this purpose shall not be paid for and is
            considered to be included in the rate of this item.
      h)    In order that design section is achieved after due settlementallowance shall be
            included when constructing the embankment a minimum allowance of 5cm per
            1m height (measured from the bed level of the COT to the designed level of top
            of dam) shall be included.

MOISTURE CONTENT

a)    The water content of the earth fill material prior to and during compaction shall be
      distributed uniformly throughout each layer of the material. The difference, (W0-W)
      where W0 is optimum moisture content as determined by the standard proctor
      compaction test expressed as percent of dry weight of soil shall be as follows :-

      i.    (W-W0) to be -2% to + 2% in case of at least 90% samples in case as hearting
            and 75% in case of casing, collected in week.

      ii.   (W-W0) to be -3% to + 3% in the case of the remaining 10% and 25% samples.
            The standard proctor compaction tests will be made by the Department from
            time to time. The material shall be brought to the proper water content by
            adding necessary amount of water or allowing moisture to evaporate either at
            the borrow pit or on the dam before commencing compaction of layers. When
            water is proposed to be added at the embankment, the required amount of water
            to be sprinkled for given quantity of soil, shall be first calculated making due to
            allowances for natural moisture, constant evaporation, base watering etc. This
            calculated quantity of water shall than be thoroughly mixed with the soil by
            means of dish arrow or any other suitable method before compaction. All
            charges for watering and mixing are included in the item of embankment
            including pumping, transporting, pipe lines etc., as necessary.

b)    It may be necessary to allow the water to soak into the soil after spreading and
      mixing if necessary for sufficient time to have uniform moisture throughout the layer.
      The contractor shall not get any extra payment for stoppage of work necessitated for
      allowing soaking of the soil.

c)    Water contained in soil to be laid to fill hollows in rock foundation and rock
      abutment and near sides in rock cutting will be specified under the specifications for
      preparation of foundation (OMC+2 percent of dry weight of soil). The same moisture


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              120

      content shall be adhered to in case of filling at the sides of COT filling and filling
      around masonry structures.

COMPACTIONS

A.    Each layer after it is found to have specified moisture content uniformly distributed
      shall be compacted to give specified density. No fresh layer of soil shall be laid and
      compacted unless previous layer is approved by the engineer-in-charge. If the water
      content of the material spread in layer is more or less then specified, compaction
      shall not be started unless the moisture is brought to specified value.

B.    Compaction of the embankment shall be done by roller specified below except at part
      which are not accessible to above rolling equipment compaction of casing zone shall
      be done by seismopactors or by vibratory rollers. Compaction of hearting zone and
      COT filling shall be done by standard sheep foot rollers. The number of passes
      required by particular type of roller to attain specified density shall be decided by
      actual trials by different types of soils to be used and equal numbers of passes should
      be given to each layer before carrying out the field density test. The final control of
      compaction will however be on basis of specified densities and not to the number of
      passes.

C.    In the parts of dam inaccessible to the specified rolling equipment such as test pits or
      trial pits below foundation level, irregular sides of cut-off-trench and portions around
      and in contact with the structures where the rolling equipment will not be permitted
      to operate, compaction shall be accomplished with either hand or mechanical tampers
      of approved type. Rollers will not be permitted to operate within 0.50 meter of
      concrete or masonry structures and the filling within this distance shall be tamped by
      hand and a mechanical tampers. All materials to be tamped shall be spread in layers
      with thickness as specified. The moisture content of material and the degree of
      compaction shall be equal to that specified separately. Special care as directed shall
      be exercised to obtain a good contact and good bond with rock surfaces of masonry
      or concrete.

D.    FIELD DENSITY TEST

      The degree of compaction will be such as to give dry density as specified below. The
      density measurements will be conducted by the department from time to time to
      ascertain whether the compaction attained is as specified. For this purpose for every
      300 cubic meters of compacted earthwork of one zone or for every layer compacted
      of a particular zone at least two field density tests will be taken and PDD and PMC
      worked out by oven drying method or K-oil method if the correlation is found to
      exist with the former. Separate tests are to be taken for the various zones of the dam.
      As the oven drying method involves a 24 hours period, to facilitate work preliminary
      control as follow shall be exercised. The wet density of compacted layer shall be
      equal to or above optimum wet density (OWD). And placement moisture content
      (tested by kerosene oil burning method ) with +/- 1% of the optimum moisture
      content. If any field density test reveals that the dry density is less than permissible

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                  121

        either additional rolling will have to be done without any extra cost or layer may
        have to be removed at no extra cost. In the event of additional rolling being permitted
        if it is found that original moisture has evaporated the layer may be broken up or
        specified as directed and watered and allowed to soak before rolling to bring the
        moisture content to specified value. Necessary assistance carrying out such density
        and moisture content tests shall be provided by the contractor free of cost to he
        departmental staff. The samples for density measurements will be taken any where to
        ensure that no weak spot at location such as junction of slopping filter and hearting of
        casing turning place or compacting equipments or any doubtful areas are left.

DEGREE OF COMPACTION

I.      This will be based on the dry densities achieved which shall satisfy following
        criteria.

II.     Control criteria subject to III and IV below.

CRITERIA FOR CONTROL OF COMPACTED DAM EMBANKMENT

     Type of         % of gravel                  Percentage base on minimum 6 mm size
     Material
                Fraction i.e. Bigger          Minimum           Desirable            Desired
                than 6 mm size by             acceptable        Average             Moisture
                   total material              Density.         Density           content limits
                                                                                     within
        1               2                        3                  4                   5
     Hearting      25% by weight           98 % of proctor      100 % of           2% of OMC
                                                                 proctor
      Casing              0 to 25          98 % of proctor      100 % of            -----do----
                                                                 proctor
                      26 to 50             95 % of proctor       98 % of            -----do----
                                                                 proctor
                            50             93 % of proctor       95 % of            -----do----
                                                                 proctor
      Filter            Sand                Dd = 70 %          Dd = 80 %
     Material          Gravels              Dd = 65 %          Dd = 70 %
                                           Dd is a relative
                                              density


III. In case of the material compacted by tampers the dry density of the soil fraction in
     the compacted material shall not be less than 95% of the standard proctor Optimum
     Dry density.


Signature of Contractor                No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                              122

IV. In rare cases, when a layer with necessary moisture content gives lower density than
    specified in the above table even rolling large No of passed or after rerolling, such a
    layer may be approved at the engineer-in-charge provided (a) the placement Dry
    density is not less than 90% of the standard proctor Dry Density and (b) Number of
    such samples having PDD less than 95% ODD should not exceed 2% of the number
    of samples taken.

ED-B 5: JUNCTION WITH THE WORK OF OTHER AGENCY AT END
        CHAINAGES

At the end chainages, if the work will be done by other agencies, then at such junctions the
earth work will be done as follows:-

EITHER

a)    If the work of both agencies is at the same level, the rolling will be done 2 meters
      beyond the end of chainage and no extra payment will be paid for the same.

OR

b)    If the work of other agency is at lower level, the work will be done with an outer
      slope of 1:4 with an extra length of half meter parallel to the dam alignment.

      The earth work in this extra length will not be paid for.

      There will be some reduction in the quantity of earth work. No claim by the
      contractor on this account will be entertained.

OR

c)    If the work of other agency is at higher level that agency will construct the bank with
      an outer slope. The contractor will have to do the earth work up to that slope
      throughout beyond the end changed stated in the tender. The quantity of earth work
      increased due this will be paid for at the same rates quoted by the contractor and no
      claims will be entertained for the extra work to be done.

ED-B 6: INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION

Some piezonmatric installation, settlement gauges and stand pipes etc. will be provided by
the department at predetermined position in the earthen embankment of dam. The work
will be done by the Department, which will require some time for installations and
erections. During such installations and erections the work of length of the embankment in
the vicinity of installation will be held up for sum time. The rate of earth work shall be
deemed to have been quoted considering such breaks and no claims by contractor on the
ground of breaks occurred for such installations, will be entertained. The earthwork and
the traffic of construction equipments in the vicinity of such installation shall be arranged


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                              123

as not to cause any damage to the instruments installed or being installed and shall be
arranged as directed by engineer-in-charge.

ED-B 7: TESTING CHARGES

Unit rate given in Schedule “B” includes the rate for field test necessary for quality control
of work. The contractor shall arrange for Laboratory equipment for all moisture content
compaction and field density test or other tests as directed. He shall also arrange
laboratory personnel for taking given test strictly under the supervision of site in charge.
All cost towards testing at prescribed frequency shall be deemed to be included in unit
rate.

ED-8: MODE OF MEASUREMENT

a)    The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross section shall be
      taken at an interval of 15 meters or at closer distances as found necessary, the gross
      quantity of different zones, hearting, casing rock toe, etc., for facility of arriving at
      the correct quantities of hearting, casing, rock toe zone, that went into the
      embankment. Quantities of cut-of-trench shall be computed on the basis of cross
      section taken at interval of 15 meters at close distance and shall be the same as for
      the quantity of excavation paid for under the item of excavation of cut-of-trench,
      below stripped ground levels. Any extra filling of cut-of-trench due to side slopes
      caused due to negligence of contractor or resulting due to delay in filling COT will
      not paid for.

b)    The lines demarcating the zone of cross sections shall confirm to the respective
      typical sections except where departure from these are specially permitted by the
      engineer.

c)    The final measurements will be recorded on cross-sectional basis. These will be paid
      for net Foundation plan, with relevant cross section of the dam showing dimensions
      and levels shall be prepared and got signed by the contractor in token of acceptance
      before commencement of stripping and again after completion of the dam seat. The
      final measurements will be based on the accepted foundation plan and relevant cross
      sections and completed section of the dam at the time of taking final cross sections.

d)    The quantity arrived at on the basis of the following table will be deemed to be
      utilized as available stuff in the respective zones of the total embankment from the
      materials available from the respective item under excavation. Separation
      measurements of the quantity of embankment of available stuff will be based on the
      utilization factors given below.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                     124


Sr       Item of    %age of     Factor for     Factor         Factor for utilization Embankment (compact)
No.        Exc-     quantity    utilizable      for
         avation    deemed     Qty in there    loose
                     to be     from cut of     meas-
                    utilized   measureme      urement
                                    nts
     1      2             3          4           5                                   6
                                                           Heart   Rando     Casin       Pitchin   Rock   Qua
                                                            ing      m         g            g      -toe    rry
                                                                                                          spau
                                                                                                            ls
     1    Sand        90            1          1.20        0.80     0.80      --           --       --      --
         /soil /
          Soft
         murum

     2   Hmb/         95            1          1.20         --      0.90     0.90          --       --      --
          Hm

     3    Soft        95            1          1.20         --      1.20     1.20          --       --      --
          rock

     4   Hard         100           1          1.50         --       --       --         1.50      1.50   1.5
         rock
         strata


e)         When compaction is done by Mechanical rollers and under optimum moisture
           and prescribed density the deduction from running measurements of quantities of
           bank work from every running bill should be Five percent only. This 5%
           deductions from the quantities of bank work should be released in the final bill or after
           one monsoon whichever is later.

       All measurements shall be taken on cross section of bank. For this purpose detailed
cross section of the ground shall be taken at the interval of 15 meter or less as directed
before an embankment of a particular reach starts. The quantities of bank work shall be
worked out on the basis of areas and distance of these cross sections by prismoidal
formula. Deduction in quantities of bank work and CNS bank shall be made for shrinkage
at the rate of 5% of intermediate measurements out of the total deducted quantities only
3% deductions from the quantities of bank work should be released in the final bill after
one or more monsoon.

      If the work is completed before the rainy season the final measurements should be
recorded only after the rainy season is over, so as to account for any settlement of fresh
bank work during monsoon.

Signature of Contractor                 No. Of Corrections                         Executive Engineer,
                                            125

      The final measurements shall however be taken only after one rainy season has
passed after the bank work is finally completed. If the work is completed before the rainy
season the final measurements should be recorded only after the rainy season is over, so as
to account for any settlement of fresh bank work during monsoons.
       f)      The deduction for bank work of Guide bund executed including watering
and ramming by manual compaction shall be made 20% (twenty) from every running bill
of the work . This 20% Quantity will be released in the final only.




Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                             126


                                     SECTION - 4
ED - FS SLOPING FILTERS [WITHIN THE DAM AND BEHIND ROCK TOE ]
ED-FS1 SCOPE :
     The item of sloping filter shall include furnishing all tools, equipments, materials and
labour required for providing and laying approved filter materials including screening and
washing the materials if necessary, watering and compaction.

ED-FS 2 MATERIALS :
     The materials such as sand, metal gravel shall comply with the requirements
specified for materials in Section 7 - Filter materials. The gravel to be used shall be
natural, gravel, consisting of clean, hard, durable, dense rock particles. It shall be well
graded to satisfy the filter criteria prescribed. The percentage of materials below 0.074
mm size shall be less than 2%. The gravel should not contain any organic matter. The item
includes all charges for supplying and rehandling including collecting, screening and
washing. If necessary, transporting, stacking etc. with all leads and lifts involved for
supply of gravel.

ED-FS 3 LAYING :
      The filter materials shall be laid in 0.5 Meter thick layers and shall be watered to the
moisture content as directed and compacted by a tamper or light roller or any approved
equipment if necessary. The method of laying should be such that the filter material will
not mix up with soil and will remain as clean as laid. If mixing of filter materials with
embankment material is observed both the embankment and filter shall be removed to
such depth as directed by the Engineer -in -charge and such removal and consequent
replacement with approval materials shall be by and at the expense of the contractor. The
different filter layers shall be laid in widths and slopes as shown on the drawings or as
directed by the Engineer -in -charge in writing. The widths and slopes as shown on the
drawings are tentative and are subject to modifications if found necessary during
construction and the contractor is bound to carry out the same at the rates quoted, the rates
being on the basis of volume of different type of materials laid. While laying slant filter it
shall be seen that the level of filter zone and two strips of adjacent zone material are
higher by 0.3 to 0.6 meters than the adjoining zone. This is necessary so as to prevent
contamination of filter zone from adjacent fine material zones. Traffic over the filter zones
shall not be permitted, where this is unavoidable, the filter zone at that strip shall be
covered with sheets etc. while starting fresh work at such vocational top 10 cm. filter
material layer will have to be removed.

ED-ES 4 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
       The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross section will be
taken at every 15 meter or at closer distance as found necessary. and payment made on
cubic meter basis as per design or subsequent instruction from Engineer-In Charge.



Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             127

                                     SECTION - 5
ED - T ROCK TOE
ED - T 1 COPE :
     The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipments , materials and labour
required for providing and lying rock toe including foundation cleaning and including
hand packing and adjusting the sides to correct slopes and performing all operations
necessary and ancillary there to .


ED - T 2 MATERIAL :
      The rock toe -shall consist of suitable free draining mixture of rubble, rock fragment,
boulders and cobbles from the compulsory excavation or from quarries as the case may be.
The materials shall be fairly well graded consisting, principally or rock fragment ranging
in weight from 10 kg. to 100 kg . but with sufficient fine materials, about 10% such as
rock spauls, cobbles and course gravel to fill the voids among the larger particles.
However, the materials should not contain slit, clay and sand more than 1% . The rock
fragments shall be of hard, drains, tribal sound rock and shall not contain any friable or
soft material.


ED - T 3 QUARRIES :
In case of materials from quarries, the rubble quarries shall be got approved from the
Engineer-in-charge. Approval to the quarries shall not be taken to mean that all the rubble
available from the quarry is also approved. The rubble shall be conveyed only after it is
approved by the Engineer - in - charge. Soft rock or any unsuitable materials should be
discarded in the quarry only.


ED - T 4 LAYING FOUNDATION :
a] Foundation to the rock toe shall be either rock or a compact in compressible soft
strata. In case of soft strata, filter or transition zone will be provided as directed and paid
under the item of filter materials. Rock toe will not be laid on any foundation in which the
rock fragments will punch in by pressure. All loose material shall be removed before
laying the rock fill.


b)    PLACING :
      The materials shall be so selected and dumped that in so far practicable the larger
fragments shall be placed near the outer slopes and the finer materials adjacent to the
inside slope of the rock fill zone. The fill shall be dense and well graded with no larger
vides or cavities and surfaces of the drawing or as directed. The work should present a
dense rough surface of well layer rock fragments. The rock fill shall be placed in
approximately horizonTal layers of about 05 m. thickness. The stones shall be hand
packed so as to tightly and neatly wedge the rock fragments together. Stones of smaller


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              128

size shall be laid next to the filter materials. The filter material adjacent to the rock fill be
laid simultaneously in regular layers to the designed slopes and width .


ED -T 5 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :
Measurements shall be of the gross volume of rock toe placed without any deduction of
vides. The volume shall be computed by trapezoidal formula by the cross sections taken at
every 10 meter intervals or at closer as directed, subject to the provision of Para (d) under
Ed -B7 above.
       No work beyond the slopes the shown in the drawings shall be paid for unless
directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                              129

                                      SECTION - 6
                                     ED-P PITCHING

ED-P1: SCOPE

The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipment, materials and labour required
for quarrying, transporting and laying the pitching with header toe and ware bear including
bedding, dressing of embankment to designed slope and other operations necessary and
ancillary there to.

ED-P 2: MATERIALS

a)    METAL SAND BASE

      The metal sand shall confirm to the specification given under the sections of filter
      materials in addition the metal shall be well graded from 12.7 mm size to 37.7 mm
      maximum size.

b)    QUARRY SPAULS

      The quarry spauls shall consist of clean, hard durable dense rock fragment of size
      varying from 50 mm to 150 mm. Material below 0.074 mm size shall be less than
      1%. The item of supply of quarry spauls shall include all charges of supply,
      rehandling, breaking bigger pieces transporting, stacking, etc., with all leads and lifts
      involved.

c)    RUBBLE FOR PITCHING

      I)    Stones for pitching with header toe wave breaker shall be sound, hard, dense
            and durable rock and should not break down or disintegrate on long exposure to
            water and air. The rubble shall be got approved from the engineer-in-charge.

      II) SIZE : The rock fragments shall be reasonable, well graded; containing at least
          60% of stones weighing 35 kg or more, minimum size shall be weighing 10 kg.

d)    HEADER TOE LINE

      At the bottom of pitching i.e. the bottom level from where the pitching starts a line of
      headers of 200 mm X 200 mm X 750 mm should run to retain the pitching.

e)    WAVE BREAKERS

      Stones of size 200 mm X 200 mm X 600 mm shall be provided at interval of 6 m C/C
      horizontally and 4 m C/C Vertical interval between bottom of pitching to HFL in
      staged way as per drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              130

ED-P 3 QUARRIES :


      The rubble quarries and rock stack from compulsory excavation shall be got
approved from Engineer-in-charge. Approval to quarry and stacks shall not be to mean
that all rubble available form that quarry is also approved by the Engineer-in-charge and
only approved quality of rubble will have to be used.

ED-P3: LAYING

a)    The base slope shall first be prepared to receive the pitching and the rubble pitching
      shall be laid on filter backing. The filter backing shall consist of 10 to 15 cm quarry
      spauls on the earth slope and 15 cm quarry spauls on the metal/sand base. The
      thickness of the ruble pitching shall be 30 cm. This thickness of rubble pitching is
      exclusive of the thickness of filter backing of metal/sand and quarry spauls.

b)    The material for filter base shall be laid by spreading without segregation in uniform
      layers of specified thickness to the lines and grades of the embankment.

c)    LAYING OF RUBBLE PITCHING

      Stones shall be placed on lend with the broadest side down and length normal to the
      slope larger rock fragment should be uniformly distributed with smaller rock
      fragments filling the spacing between the larger fragments in such manner as will
      result in compact uniform layer of pitching. The pitching could be made into layers
      but stones in each layer should be as large as possible and the stones in top layer
      should be made to interlock with the bottom layer.

      The interstices between larger stones shall be filled with chips of as large size as
      possible properly hammered in such filling shall be carried out simultaneously with
      placing in position of the larger stones and shall in no case be permitted to fall
      behind. The wedging shall be so done that no chip can be removed by hand. No loose
      spaul of chips should be laid on the top surface of the pitching. The chips shall not be
      used as a substitute of full thickness of the large stones. The surface should present
      reasonably uniform slope as designed with a dense but rough face. The guide wall
      shall form part of the pitching.

      The wave breaker shall be laid at 6 m center to center horizontally and 4 mtr. center
      to center vertically in staggered fashion. The heard toe line at the bottom of pitching
      to center of size 200 mm x 200 mm x 750 mm shall be laid per drawing and as
      directed by engineer-in-charge.

ED-P4: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

I.    The measurements shall be separately taken (a) for filter base and (b) for stone
      pitching with header toe and wave breaker and paid for separately.


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              131

II.   Measurements shall be of the total volume of pitching with header toe and wave
      breaker of filter base to the required thickness laid on the area as directed subject to
      the provision of the Para (b) under ED-B8 above. No deduction for voids will be
      made. The rates are inclusive of all leads and lifts.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              132

                                      SECTION - 7
                              ED-F FILTER MATERIALS

ED-F1: SCOPE

The item shall include furnishing of tool, plant and materials required for providing and
laying approved materials in the specified layers including screening and washing the
materials if necessary, compaction and all operations necessary and ancillary there to.

ED-F2:

A) MATERIALS

The materials for filling the drains or drain mats or slant drains shall consist of sand,
gravel and crushed metal, suitable graded to satisfy the filter criteria. (1) The coefficient of
permeability of draining material should be more than 6 times that of base materials, (2)
the graded filter drain will confirm to the Vicksburg criteria viz:

D 15 filter of material < 5 , D 15 {Filter} > 4.80 <20, D 50 {Filter} < 25
D 85 of base material         D 15 {base}               D 50 {base}

As decided by the engineer-in-charge. The sizes of the material shown on the drawing are
tentative and may require modifications if they are not found to satisfy filter criteria. The
contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the engineer-in-
charge.

B) SAND

The sand shall be natural sand. It shall be from hard, dense and durable rock formation.
The maximum percentage of materials less than 0.074 mm size be 5% by weight and it
should not contain organic materials. The maximum size of particle shall be 10 mm {3/8
inch}. The specific gravity of particles shall be not less than 2.60. The sand shall be well
graded and it should satisfy the filter criteria with the adjoining filter ad base materials. If
necessary the sand may have to be washed or screened without any extra cost. The sand is
to be supplied by the contractor from approved quarries and the item includes all charges
of supply and rehandling including collection, screening, transporting, washing, stacking,
etc., with all leads and lifts involved for supply of sand.

C) GRAVEL

When gravel is to be used, it shall mean natural, consisting gravel of clean hard durable,
dense, rock fragment. It shall be well graded subject to clause A) above. The percentage of
Materials below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 2%. The gravel should not contain any
organic matter. The item includes all charges of supplying and rehandling, including
collection, screening and washing if necessary, transporting, stacking, etc., with all leads
and lifts involved for supply of gravel.
Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              133


D) METAL

If natural gravel deposits satisfying filter criteria are not available, the use of metal be
permitted as filter material. The maximum size permissible shall be 75 mm. Metal shall
consist of broken or crushed rock having clean, hard, durable dense rock pieces. It shall be
reasonably well graded with size as show on drawing subject to clause A) above. The
percentage of material below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 1%. The item includes all
charges of supply and rehandling including breaking, screening, transporting, stacking,
etc., with all leads and lifts involved for supply of metal. The sizes of metal shown on the
drawing are tentative and subject to change as required satisfying the filter criteria with
adjacent materials.


ED-F3: PLACING OF MATERIALS

TRENCH DRAINS AND MOUND DRAINS

A)    The excavation for the trench either in natural ground or made up bank work shall be
      as per designed cross sections or as directed in writing by the engineer-in-charge and
      is covered under the item of excavation. The surface of excavation shall be cleaned
      off all loose materials so as to prevent contamination with the filter materials.
      Similarly the surface of which the mound drains are to be laid is to be cleaned of all
      loose materials.

B)    The filter materials shall then be carefully deposited in different layer to the required
      thicknesses and slopes, grades as shown in the drawing or as directed by the
      engineer-in-charge. Thicknesses of individual layers shown on the drawings are
      tentative and may require modifications to satisfy filter requirements and the
      contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the engineer-
      in-charge without extra cost. The coarser materials shall form the core of the drain
      with as all round cover of progressively finer materials, the laying of individual layer
      shall proceed in such a way as to preclude as far as possible the mixing materials of
      one size with that of the other.

FILTER MATS OF DRAINAGE BLANKETS

A)    FILTER MAT ON THE BLACK SOIL FOUNDATION

      After the black soil foundation stripped or excavated to level designed or as directed,
      the foundation shall be cleaned off all loose materials, watered necessary and lightly
      rolled by the flat roller by making 4 to 6 passes immediately after striping. After
      rolling the foundation, surface shall be covered with sand layers of random
      embankment of thickness as shown on the drawings. The stripped foundation surface
      should be covered by random earth fill and then a sand layer after rolling within two
      days after stripping that area to avoid formation of cracks and loss of moisture in the
      foundations soil. The sand layers shall be watered if necessary and compacted with

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              134

      tampers, rollers or any approved equipment to give a relative density of 70%. The
      other layers of gravel, metal or sand shall then be laid on the first sand layer within a
      week after the first sand layer is laid. The filter materials shall be carefully deposited
      in different layers to the required thickness and slopes and grades as shown in
      drawings or as directed by engineer-in-charge. The thicknesses and grading of
      individual layers shown on the drawing are tentative and may require modification to
      satisfy filter and drainage requirement and contractor shall be bound to carry out such
      modifications as directed by the engineer-in-care without any extra cost. The coarser
      materials shall form the core of the mat with a cover on top ad towards bottom of
      progressively finer materials. The layers of the individual layers shall proceed in such
      a way as to preclude as far as possible the mixing of material of one size with that to
      the other. After the layer is laid, it will be watered, if necessary and compacted with
      tampers roller of any approved equipment to give a relative density not less than
      70%.

B)    FILTER MATS ON NON BLACK SOIL FOUNDATION ON EMBANKMENT
      ALREADY LAID AT INTERMEDIATE LEVELS

      The foundation surface and the surface of embankment shall be cleaned off loose
      material and should be as far as possible plane having no large hollows or humps and
      with slope as shown on the drawings or as directed. The filter material shall then be
      deposited in different layers to the required thicknesses and slopes as shown on the
      drawings, or as directed engineer-in-charge. The thicknesses of individual layers
      shown on the drawings, are tentative and may require modifications to satisfy filter
      ad drainage requirement and the contractor shall be bound to carry out such
      modifications as directed by engineer-in-charge without extra cost. The coarser
      materials shall form the core of the mat with a cover on the top and bottom of
      progressively finer materials. The laying of the individual layers shall proceed in
      such a way to preclude as far as possible the mixing of material of one size with that
      of the other.

      The layer of sand shall be watered if necessary and compacted with tampers, rollers
      or any approved equipment so as to achieve relative density of more than 70%.

ED-F4: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

TRENCH DRAINS AND MOUND DRAINS

The measurements shall be of the volume of the total quantity of filter material placed as
per the cross sections of drains as finally approved and constructed shall be recorded. In
case of a trench drain the bottom width and bottom levels and side slopes shall be as
recorded for the item of excavation. Any material filled in excavation beyond approved
section will not be paid for. The rate includes all leads and lifts.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                             135

FILTER MATS OR DRAINAGE BLANKETS

a)    FILTER MAT IN BLACK SOIL ZONE

      The work shall be measured on the basis of cross sections taken at every 20 meters or
      at less distance as directed. The cross section shall be taken before laying the
      drainage mat and then after completion. The quantities of sand gravel or metal will
      be recorded separately for different types of materials and paid for accordingly. The
      rate includes all leads and lifts.

b)    FILTER MATS ON EMBANKMENT ALREADY LAID

      The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section taken at every 20 meters or
      at less distance as directed. The cross section shall be taken before and after laying
      the filter mat. The quantities of sand, gravel or metal will be recorded separately and
      will be paid for accordingly. The rate includes all leads and lifts




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              136

                                      SECTION - 8
                                 CEMENT CONCRETE

C1.1: SCOPE OF WORK

The work covered by this item shall consist of

i)        Furnishing all materials equipment and labour for the manufacture, transport,
          placing curing of concrete and performing all the functions necessary and
          ancillary thereto, including finishing the concrete to the required shape as per
          drawing.

ii)       Erection of all embedded parts in the block outs for gates, irrigation outlet, pipes,
          construction sluice and other metal works instrumentation etc., shall be carried
          out by other agencies. The contractor shall initially keep adequate block outs,
          recesses etc., to house such embankment and subsequently concrete the block
          outs or recesses around the erected steel work with concrete of grade M-200. The
          item will not be paid separately and shall be deemed to be included in the unit
          rate of concrete or masonry surrounding the structure.

iii)      Providing and removal of all form work compressing, furnishing all materials,
          equipment and labour for the manufacture, transport, erection, keeping in place
          with necessary fixture and support oiling complete.

C1.2      The following specifications will apply in general to all types of concrete work
          including RCC work.

C1.3.1: SOURCE AND SIZE

The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum size shall be limited to
5 mm.

C1.3.2: QUALITY

The sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable uncoated gritty material obtained from rock
fragments. It shall be free form injurious amounts of just lumps, soft and flaky particles
shale, alkali, organic matter, loam mica and other deleterious substances. The maximum
percentage of deleterious matter in sand as delivered for use in mortar shall not exceed the
following values.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             137

PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT

Material passing No. 200 sieve BS or (IS No 8, average opening 0.0029)           3%
Shale                                                                            1%
Coal                                                                             1%
Clay lumps                                                                       1%
Total of other deleterious substances such as alkali,
Mica coated grains soft and flaky particles.                                     2%

The sum of percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. The
sand shall be free from injurious amounts of organic impurities. Sand producing a colour
darker than the standard in the calorimetric tests for organic impurities shall be rejected. If
the impurities are beyond the acceptable limits stated above the sand shall be washed or
otherwise cleaned to the entire satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge at the cost of the
contractor.

C1.3.3: MECHANICAL ANALYSIS

The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieves analysis of sand shall generally
confirm to the following limits of gradation.

       ASTM sieve          Equivalent weight            Cumulative
       No. ISS No.         retained on sieve           percentage by
            3/8’’                  3/8                       Nil
              4                    480                     0 to 30
              8                    240                     10 to 30
             16                    120                     50 to 65
             30                    60                      65 to 90
             50                    30                      90 to 99
            100                    15                     99 to 100

The gradation curve of the natural sand shall lie within the enveloping curve gradation
specified as above.

C1.3.4

a)    FINENESS MODULUS

      The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentage of sand
      retained on the 6 standard screens from No 4 to 100 inclusive ASTM Standard (or
      480, 240, 60, 30 and 15 sieve of the ISI specifications) and dividing the sum by 100.
      Any deviation from the specified range of gradation and fineness modulus shall not
      be permitted without the written permission of the Engineer in charge. Corrective


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                                138

      measures if any required for improving the fineness modulus shall be arranged by the
      contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

b)    NATURAL SAND

      Natural sand shall have a fineness modulus ranging from 2.7 to 3.6 without any
      admixtures.

c)    ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE

      If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be moist, bulkage
      will be measured and allowed, provided sand is staked at site at least for 48 hours
      before use. Bulkage of such a stack will be measured regularly as directed by the
      engineer-in-charge and according to these observations. Observations for bulkage
      will be made as per Indian Standard procedure and allowance will be made as under:

                 Bulkage observed         Allowance to be made
                    Below 5 %                     Nil
                      5 to 10                     5%
                     10 to 15                    10 %
                     15 to 20                    15 %
                     20 to 25                    20 %
                     25 to 30                    25 %
                          30 to 35                 30 %

C1.4 : COARSE AGGREGATE

C1.4.1 Coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of hard, dense, durable, uncoated,
       crushed and shall be free from injurious amount of soft, friable, thin, elongated or
       laminated pieces, alkali organic matter or other deleterious substance. Flaky and
       weathered stones shall not be used. Aggregate shall be tested in accordance with
       tests prescribed in IS 516-59 and 1999-59 or subsequent revisions. Use of gravel
       fraction left behind after sieving river sand shall be permitted in the blending of
       coarse aggregate if asked for after suitable experiments and without rate variation.

C 1.4.2: IMPURITIES

          The broken stone shall be free from dust and dirt and shall be washed if necessary
          to ensure that all faces of the stone are perfectly clean. The maximum individual
          percentage by weight of deleterious substances in any size of coarse aggregate
          shall not exceed the following values:-




Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections            Executive Engineer,
                                                139

          Materials passing through No. 100 screen (ASTM)                One
          Shale                                                          One
          Coal                                                            One
          Soft Fragments                                                  One
          Clay lumps                                                     One fourth
          Other deleterious substances                                    One

          The sum of percentages by weight of all the deleterious substance in any size
          shall not exceed five.

C1.4.3: GRADING

a)    The approximate range in grading of coarse aggregate shall be as under:

      Maximum             Nominal           Percentage of coarse aggregate fraction (mm)
        size of           Range
      Aggregate             mm
        20 mm             10 to 20      -             -         100         55 to 67      33 to 35
        40 mm             20 to 40      -         40 to 50    50 to 60      23 to 40      18 to 30
        80 mm             40 to 80   20 to 36     16 to 36    35 to 44      10 to 30      13 to 28

b)    The coarse aggregate shall be of such a size as shall be retained on a mesh of 5 mm
      square.

c)    The grading between the limits specified above shall be such as shall produce a dense
      concrete of the specified proportions and consistency that will work readily in the
      position without segregation and without the use of an excessive water content.

C1.5: WATER

Water used in concrete shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of slit organic
matter, alkali, salt and other impurities which are likely to be injurious. The turbidity of
water or mixing shall not be more than 2000 parts per million and shall preferably be
lower.

C1.6 : GRADING AND RELATIVE PROPORTION

The grading of sand and coarse aggregate is liable to be modified beyond the limits
specified above to suit local conditions in order to obtain required strength and
workability. The grading as well as relative proportion of sand and coarse aggregate are
liable to be changed at the discretion of the engineer-in-charge in order to produce dense
concrete of required strength which can be worked readily into position without
segregation in a given ratio of cement and total aggregate (sum of volumes of sand and of

Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections                  Executive Engineer,
                                                 140

coarse aggregates). No compensation is payable for adjustment in relative proportion and
grading of aggregates. Air entering agent if considered necessary will be supplied by the
department free of cost. This shall be mixed in concrete in the manner and quantity as may
be directed by the engineer-in-charge without any extra cost.

C1.7 (A): MIX VARIATION AND CLASSIFICATION

In case the ratio of cement to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement content
under specific orders of the engineer-in-charge the contractor shall be paid at increased or
reduced rates according to the variation in the cost of cement alone, resulting from change
in mix proportion calculated as per table given below.

The variation in cost of cement will be calculated according to the rate for cement at Rs.
210/-50 kg and the change in the requirement of cement by weight per cubic meter volume
of concrete as determined by the following table.

C1.7 (B): FOR WORK COSTING MORE THAN RS. 50.00 LAKH

Cement variation in the concrete mix shall not constitute an extra item. In case the cement
to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement content under specific order of the
engineer-in-charge, the contractor shall be paid at increased or reduced rates according to
the variation in the cost of cement alone, resulting form change in mix proportion
calculated as per table given below at the rate as given in Annexure ‘A’ of detailed tender
notice.

     Sr.           Nominal mix                Size of      Equivalent    Assumed cement
     No.         proportion of the           aggregate     ISS mixes     consumption one
                concrete by volume                                        cubic meter of
                                                                             concrete
       1                  1:1 1/2:3           20 MSA        M 200             300 kg
       2                    1:2:4             20 MSA        M 150             282 kg
       3                    1:2:4             40 MSA        M 150             260 kg
       4                   1:3:6              80 MSA        M 100              220 kg
       5                   1:4:8                                               172 kg

C1.8: ADMIXTURE

Any admixture for concrete supplied by government free of cost at the departmental store
at dam site colony shall be transported, handled, and mixed by the contractor at no extra
cost. Such admixture shall not be considered as amounting to variation in the mix and is
not covered by the mix variation clause in this section.




Signature of Contractor               No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              141

C1.9: BATCHING

Proportions of concrete items mentioned in Schedule ‘B’ are to be designed on the basis of
weight volumetric proportion.

After establishing the bulk densities of the aggregates, all aggregated shall be batched by
volume by measuring with boxes. The bulk densities of coarse aggregate shall be
established by observation at such intervals, as may be directed by the engineer-in-charge.
The bulk density of sand shall be verified at least once daily and bulkage allowed by a
procedure approved by the engineer-in-charge. Measured quantity of water shall be added.

C1.10: FORMS

1.1.10.1: GENERAL

a)    Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required line shall be used
      whenever, necessary. The form shall have sufficient strength and rigidity to hold
      concrete and to withstand the pressure of ramming and vibration without excessive
      deflection from the prescribed lines the more so when the concrete is vibrated. The
      contractor shall have to get the design and drawing of the centering approved from
      the engineer-in-charge before erection. From work shall be of any of the following
      types :- a) Wooden shuttering with steel plate lining.

b)    Steel Shuttering

      Wooden shuttering will be allowed if it is free from warping and is fabricated true to
      line and shape. The decision on the engineer-in-charge as to the suitability of wooden
      shuttering as per(a) above to be used by the contractor will be final and binding on
      the contractor. The surface of all forms in contact with shall be clean, rigid,
      watertight and smooth. Suitable device shall be used to hold corners, adjacent ends
      and edges of panels of other forms together in accurate alignment.

C1.10.2: REUSE OF FORMS ETC

Form required to be used more than once shall be maintained in serviceable conditions and
shall be thoroughly cleaned and smoothened before reuse. Where metal sheets are used for
lining forms, the sheet shall be placed and maintained on the forms with minimum amount
of wrinkles, lumps or other imperfections. All forms shall be checked for shape and
strength before reuse.

C1.10.3: ERECTION AND REMOVAL OF FORMS

I.    Before placing concrete the surface shall be oiled with suitable non staining oil such
      as raw linseed oil so as to prevent sticking of concrete and to facilitate the removal of
      form.



Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              142

II.   The oil shall cover the form fully and evenly without excess over drip. Care shall be
      taken to prevent oil form getting on the surface of the construction joints and on
      reinforcement bars. Special care shall be taken to oil thoroughly the form strips for
      narrow grieves so as to prevent/swelling of the forms and the consequent damage to
      concrete prior to or during removal of forms. Immediately before concrete is placed
      care shall be taken to see that all forms are in proper alignment and the supports and
      fixtures are thoroughly secured and tightened.

III. Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units, the forms shall fit
     tightly over the complete surface so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the concrete
     and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface.

IV. Form shall be left in place until their removal is authorized and shall then be removed
    with care so as to avoid injury to concrete.

V.    Removal of form shall never be started until the concrete is thoroughly set and
      hardened adequately to carry its own weight, besides the live load which is likely to
      come on the work during construction. The length of time for which the forms shall
      remain in place shall be decided by the engineer-in-charge, with reference to weather
      conditions, shape and position of the structure or structural member and the mature
      and amount of dead and live load. In normal circumstances forms shall be strucked
      after the expiry of the following periods.

      a)    Beam sides, walls columns (unloaded)        72 hours

      b)    Slabs, and arches (props left under)        04 days

      c)    Slabs, and arches                           10 days

      d)    Beams soffit (props left under)             01 day

      e)    Props to beams.                             21 days

      f)    Lean concrete (side)                        02 days

      g)    Tunnel lining                               24 hours

      In no case shall forms be removed until there is assurance that removal can be
      accomplished without damaging the concrete surface. No loads will be allowed to
      damage the concrete surface. Heavy load shall not be permitted until after the
      concrete has reached its designed strength. The forms shall be removed with great
      caution and without harming the structure or throwing heavy forms upon the floor.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                               143

C1.11: MIXING

The ingredients of concrete shall be batches as mentioned in Para 1.9 and properly mixed
in mixers, designed so as to positively ensure, uniform distribution of all the component
material throughout the mass, at the end of the mixing period. The mixing of each batch
shall continue for about one and half to two minutes depending upon the revolutions per
minutes of the mixer and experience, after the materials except for the full amount of
water are up the mixer the minimum mixing period specified above assumes proper
control of the speed of the rotation of the mixer and of the introduction of the materials,
including water. The mixing time shall be increased at the discretion of the engineer-in-
charge when the charging operation fail to produce concrete of the required uniformly or
composition and consistency within the batch and from batch to batch contractor shall not
be entitled for any extra payment for such increase in mixing time. Excessive mixing
requiring the addition of the water to preserve the required concrete consistency shall be
avoided if the mixing and charging operations are such that the required uniformity of the
concrete is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum specified without sacrifice
of needed workability and the mixing time may be shortened under order of the engineer-
in-charge mixing shall be done by mechanical means only.

Materials corresponding to one bag mix or half bag mix (depending upon the mixer
capacity) shall be placed in the skip in sequence of metal cement and sand. The skip shall
then be emptied in to the drum and specified quantity of water added to material I drum.

C1.12: TEST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE

C1.12.1: STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH

The crushing strength in kg per square cm on works cubes, at 28 days, for each nominal
mix shall be as under:-

    Nominal         Maximum size of        Equivalent    Stipulated crushing
     Mix             Aggregate mix            ISS         strength Kg/cm2
                                                         7 days      28 days
     1:1.5:3                 20              M 200        135          200
      1:2:4               20 & 40            M 150        100          150
      1:3:6                  -               M 100        75           100
      1:4:8                  -               M 75         50            75

C1.12.2: PRELIMINARILY LABORATORY TEST

Preliminary tests of cubes shall be carried out in the laboratory well in advance of
commencement of work. These tests should indicate an adequate margin over the
stipulated strength specified in Para C.1.12.1.



Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections            Executive Engineer,
                                             144

C1.12.3: WORKS TEST ON CONCRETE

Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per the relevant Indian
Standard Specifications. For works tests samples shall be taken on the job as and when
directed. For work tests, samples shall be taken once for every 30 cubic meter of each type
of concrete laid at least three times a day. The sample for work test is defined as a set of
three cubes. The materials required for the samples (concrete, cement, sand and coarse
aggregate) shall be supplied by the contractor free of cost and collection of sample, casting
of cubes and curing and testing shall be carried out by the department at contractor’s cost.

C1.12.4: STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE

No test of “work test” cubes shall have at 28 days a crushing strength below 85 % present
of the stipulated crushing strength. The average of the crushing strength of the three work
test cubes shall be taken as the crushing strength of the set.

For every set “Work test” Cubes which gives a 28 day crushing of less than 85% of the
stipulated crushing strength a value of 30 cubic meter of concrete shall be paid at such
reduced rate as may be decided by the engineer-in-charge.

Each sample of work test cubes shall be assumed to represent 30 cum concrete and
corresponding quantity of concrete showing crushing strength les than stipulated strength
shall be paid at reduced rates as under.

Equal to or more than 95%                              At full rates in occasional cases.

Equal to or more than 90%                              5% reduced rates
but less than 95%

Equal to or more than 85%                              10% reduced rates
but less than 90%

The reduced rates shall be approved by the Superintending Engineer if the crushing
strength fails below 85% of the stipulated crushing strength, then the quantity of concrete
represented by these samples will not be paid for defective parts. If noticed shall be
removed and redone by the contractor at his cost. Unit for expectance or these tests will be
one working season.

In addition to 28 days strength test, engineer-in-charge may at his discretion make 7 days
strength tests and or 3 days (accelerated curing) strength tests and fix up the exact relation
between such strength and 28 days strength after studying the actual values realized. If at
any time the tests indicate that the strength may not be achieved as specified, the engineer-
in-charge shall have authority to suspend the work of laying concrete until the reasons for
low strength have been investigated and corrected. The contractor shall comply therewith
without such suspension being made a reason for any claims. The Engineer-in-charge may
at his discretion also order suspension of work when the variation in the strength of
individual work test cubes form the average of the set is excessive. The contractor shall

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                    Executive Engineer,
                                            145

comply with such suspension until the reasons for the variations are investigated and
corrected and such suspension shall not be accepted as reason for any claim.

C1.12.5: SLUMP TESTS

In order to test the consistency of the mixed concrete, slump tests shall have to be made by
the contractor when and where required by the engineer-in-charge and as per the Indian
Standards Specifications, the allowable slumps shall be decided by the engineer-in-charge
depending upon the location of the concrete.

C1.13: PLACING CONCRETE

C1.13.1 Concrete shall be placed only in locations where authorized and no concrete or
        mortar shall be placed until form work, installations of embedded parts,
        preparation of surfaces or necessary clean up had been done and approved.

C1.13.2: ROCK SURFACE

Rock surface upon or against which concrete is to be placed, shall be prepared as specified
in Section 3 ED.

C1.13.3: MASONRY SURFACE

i)    Masonry surfaces on which or against which concrete is to be placed shall be
      prepared as described in relevant Para in Section M. The unit rate for masonry shall
      cover the cost of such preparations.

ii)   If the old layer of masonry which has been paid for is required to be removed as
      mentioned in relevant Para in Section-9M it shall be back filled with concrete along
      with the upper concrete layer at no extra cost.

C1.13.4: CONCRETE SURFACES

Before laying the concrete, the surface of the concrete in day to day work, shall be cleaned
by wire brush and jets of water so that surface is thoroughly cleaned and wetted but pools
of water are avoided. If the old concrete surface has remained exposed for more than two
weeks it shall be prepared in the same manner as indicated in Para 3.4 of section 3.2 and
rough ended by chipping to a depth of one inch and the surface coated or covered with a
layer of cement mortar 1:2 for a depth of 5.15.7.60 cm. The unit rate of concrete (old)
shall cover the cost of all such preparations and also of the cost of cement mortar. The
concrete removed for roughening shall not be paid for.




Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             146

C1.13.5: ALL SURFACES

I)    The cleaned rock masonry or concrete surface shall be applied with cement slurry
      and then cement mortar cost as described in relevant Para of Section-9 M.

II) The first few batches of concrete may, if so required contain half the regular size of
    coarse aggregate, without any extra claims.

III) The cost of such preparation work stands included in the unit rate of cement concrete.

C1.13.6: TIME FOR USE

All concrete shall be placed directly in its final position within 30 minutes of mixing. Any
concrete which has become so stiff that proper placing cannot be assured without re-
tampering shall be wasted and shall not be paid for. All surface of forms and metal work
including reinforcement bars that have become incrusted with dried mortar or grout
concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout before surrounding
or adjacent concrete is placed.

C1.13.7: METHOD OF PLACEMENT

Before starting placing of concrete it should be made certain that the transporting and
placing equipment is there and in proper repair and that equipment along with the
operating staff is arranged to deliver the final concrete in the positions without undue
delay objectionable segregation. The methods and the equipment used for transport and
placing of concrete shall be such as will permit the delivery of the concrete of the required
consistency into the work without objectionable segregation porosity or excessive loss of
the workability. Excessive segregation from whatever cause shall be prevented in handling
and placing operation by avoiding or controlling later movement of the concrete as in
dumping at an angle of depositing continuously at one point and allowing the concrete to
flow. Concrete shall not be dropped from excessive heights and the free fall should be kept
to a minimum concrete shall be deposited in continuous horizontal layers in a thickness of
approximately 30 cm. in normal work to 45 cm. (Eighteen inches) for mass concrete
except that nothing herein shall be constructed to permit placement of the additional
horizontal layers of mass concrete before the entire area to be concerned is covered by
previous layers. On flat horizontal surfaces, where conjunction of steel near the forms
makes placing of concrete difficult, a mortar of the same cement, sand ratio as used in the
concrete shall be first deposited to cover the forms and shall stand, included in the unit
rate of concrete before the entire area to be concrete is covered by previous layers.

C1.13.8: RATE OF PLACING

Concreting should continue without available interruption until the structure of section is
completed until satisfactory construction joints can be made. Location of construction
joints shall be as directed by the engineer-in-charge. Concrete shall not be placed faster
than the placing crew can compact it properly. In placing thin members and columns,
precaution shall be taken against to rapid placement which may result in movements, or

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             147

failure of the form due to excessive lateral pressure. An interval of at least 12 hours and
preferably 24 hours should elapse between the completion of column and walls and the
placing of slabs, beams or girders supported by them in order to avoid cracking due to
settlement all concrete shall be placed in approximately horizontal lifts not exceeding 1.25
meter in thickness per day. Concrete in arches should be done in strip extending from one
pier to another. No thorough joints shall be kept in the span.

C1.13.9: CONCRETING AT NIGHT TIME

If concrete is to be placed at night adequate lighting arrangements shall be made as
directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

C1.13. 10: CONCRETING AT DURING RAINS

When concreting is required to be done or continued while it is raining it shall be seen that
concrete is not damaged due to rain while it is being transported and placed. After placing
the green concrete, the same shall be adequately covered for a period of 24 hours when it
will be capable of being cured by splash of water. The surface of fresh concrete should be
maintained on a slope sufficiently to result in the self drainage of rain water the work shall
however be discontinued when the rain is so severe that the water collects into pools or
washes the surface of the fresh concrete and it is not possible to provide adequate shelter.

C1.14: COMPACTION

C1.14.1 All concrete shall be vibrated by mechanical vibrator or approved type so as to
        ensure dense concrete. Hand tamping and Roding, shall not be used for
        compaction of concrete except in special circumstances with the express
        permission of the engineer-in-charge. When immersion type vibrators art used,
        they shall be used vertically and at about 50 cm apart. The vibrator shall be
        inserted to the full depth of the newly laid concrete layer. The vibrator shall
        however, not reverberate a concrete which has commended its final set. Special
        care shall be taken to see that the vibrator touching the reinforcement of
        embedded part does not disturb the concrete below, which has commenced its
        final set. The concrete shall not be vibrated excessively so as to cause
        segregation.

C1.14.2 Each layer of concrete, for surfaces which are required to be smooth and for all
        surfaces which will be permanently exposed to the weather, and for all surfaces
        next to embedded metal work, shall be worked and vibrated by mechanical
        vibrators of approved type only so as to obtain a concrete of maximum density
        and imperviousness and to closely assure contact of the concrete with forms,
        reinforcement bars and other embedded parts. If the methods of transporting and
        placement have been conductive to air entertainment segregation or stiffening
        the work of compaction should receive special attention.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             148

C1.14.3 For concrete surface exposed to flow of water special precaution shall be taken
        to minimize and to prevent surface pitting and protrusions without resorting to
        over manipulation of the concrete mix to the forms. No plastering for getting a
        smooth finish shall be permitted to these locations. Any protrusions shall be
        ground smooth.

C1.15: CURING AND PROTECTION

All concrete shall be protected against injury until final acceptance. Exposed finished
surface of concrete shall be protected from the direct rays of sun for at least 72 hours after
placement concrete shall be kept continuously moist for not less than 21 days.
Construction joints shall be cured in the same way as other concrete and shall also be kept
moist for at least 72 hours prior to the placing of additional concrete upon the joints.
Approximately horizontal surfaces shall be cured by sprinkling, pointing or by covering
by damp sand or maybe cured by the use of wet quilts or mats. Vertical surfaces shall be
cured by covering with wet jute bags. If damp sand or quilting is used for curing it shall be
removed completely later. Should the concrete perish that is become dry or powdery
through neglect of watering such work shall be demolished and rebuilt at no extra cost. If
the curing arrangements of the contractor are not satisfactory the engineer-in-charge may
in his discretion engage labour and provide material and equipment for curing and recover
expenditure thus involved from the contractor.

C1.16: FINISHING

C1.16.1: GENERAL

Finishing of formed and unformed surface shall be performed only by skilled workmen.
All exposed concrete surface shall be cleaned of all incrustations of cement mortar or
grout and unsightly stain shall be removed.

C1.16.2: FORMED SURFACES

Surface of concrete finished against forms shall be smooth, free from projection and filled
thoroughly with mortar, immediately upon removal of forms, an unsightly ridges or fines
shall be removed and any local bulging on exposed surfaces shall be remedied by tooling a
rubbing all holes left by the removal of fasteners, shall after being reamed with toothed
reamer be neatly filled with dry patching mortar. All porous and fractured concrete and
surface concrete to which additions are required to bring it to the prescribed lines shall be
sharp edged and keyed and shall be filled to required lines with fresh concrete or dry
patching mortar. Where concrete used for filling the chipped openings, these shall not be
less than 8 cm in depth and the concrete filling shall be reinforced and followed to the
surface of the openings. Honeycombed surface and surfaces which give a hollow sound
shall be rectified by guniting at the contractor’s cost, within the unit rate accepted for
concrete.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               149

C1.16.3 Dry pitching shall consist of one part of cement to 2 parts of sand by volume
        and just enough water, so that the mortar as used, will stick together on being
        molded into a ball by a slight pressure of the hands and will not exclude water
        when pressed but will leave the hands damp. The mortar shall be placed in
        layers of not more than 25 mm thickness. After being compacted each layer
        shall be roughened by being scratched to provide an effective bond, with the
        successive layers. The last or finishing layer shall be smooth to form a surface
        continuous with the surrounding and shall be sound and free from shrinkage
        cracks.

C1.16.4 (a) FINISHING PERMANENTLY EXPOSED SURFACES

            Except otherwise specified or directed all permanently exposed concrete
            surfaces and other waterway surfaces requiring durability under water (except
            the outlet) shall be finished in the following manner, immediately up on the
            removal of the forms, the surface shall be wetted and all surface pits and air
            bubbles filled by the rubbles filled by rubbing mortar composed of cement and
            fine sand in proportion 1:2 into the pits with burlap so as to secure a uniformly
            dense smooth surface. The ribbing shall be performed in such a way as to leave
            the surface free from mortar not used for filling the pits should the filling
            operations be unduly delayed and the surface of the pits becomes coated with,
            dirt or other contaminating materials they shall be thoroughly cleaned and
            washed and shall be maintained in a moist condition, until the mortar filling is
            placed.. Such cleaning shall be done by means of air and water jets and chipping
            or brushing or other satisfactory mans without damaging the surrounding
            concrete. All operations in connection with the filling of surface pits shall be
            handled as quickly as practicable to minimize the period during which the
            concrete and mortar filling are exposed to drying. When the treatment of a
            surface has been completed the surface shall net and of the same colour and
            texture as the adjoining surface.

            (b) FINISHING OF CONCRETE SURFACE IN OUTLETS

            Special finish as hereafter specified shall be done for the concrete surface in
            outlets. The maximum allowable deviations for the finish are as listed below.

             Type of irregularity          Allowance in mm
                   Depression                        Nil
                     Gradual                         6
                      Abrupt             6 parallel to flow and
                                         3 not parallel to flow

Abrupt irregularities are defined as off sets and fines caused by displaced or misplaced
from sheeting lining or form section by loose knots in forms otherwise defective or
lumber. All others (except depressions) are classed as gradual irregularities. Gradual
Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                             150

irregularities shall be measured with five feet template consisting of a straight edge for
plain surface or its equivalent for curved surfaces. Grinding or storing shall be done as
required to bring the irregularities within the specific limits as above.

C1.16.5: FINISHING CANCELED SURFACE

For exterior concealed surfaces below ground or backfill level or like surfaces not
otherwise specified no finish is necessary except that sand streaks, metal pockets,
honeycombing other imperfections which are of consequence affecting strength water
tightness or protection of reinforcing steel from corrosion, shall be corrected and repaired
as prescribed for formed surface.

C1.16.6: FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACE

Unformed surface shall be finished by one or more of the operations of screening floating
and toweling. Working of the surfaces should be done at proper time employing
experienced men and should be just sufficient to produce the desired finish. Screening
which gives the surface its approximate shape by striking off surplus concrete immediately
after compaction shall be accomplished by moving a straight edge or template with a
saving motion across wood or metal strips that have been established as guides. Where the
surface is curved as special ace reed be brought true to form and grade by working it
sparingly with a wooden float if a coarse textured finish is desired or if the surface is to be
steel trowel led a second or final floating shot be performed after some stiffening has
occurred and the surface moisture film or shine has disappeared. Where a smooth dense
finish is desired floating shall be followed by steel toweling some time after moisture film,
or shine has disappeared from the tabled surface and when the concrete has hardened
sufficiently to prevent fine material and water from being worked out the surface.
Excessive toweling particularly at early time shall be avoided.

C1.16.7: DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS GOVT. NOT RESPONSIBLE

In case of damage of any of the concrete works due to floods, Govt. will not be
responsible and whatever corrective measures are required to be adopted shall be done by
the contractor at his cost. Provision of paragraph 1, 12, 19 of Masonry Section-9 shall
apply.

C1.17: PAYMENT

C1.17.1 Payment shall be on the net quantity of concrete after deducting quantities for
        opening and other class of work. No deduction shall be made for anchor bars,
        reinforcement, grout holes and bore or weep holes or any opening not exceeding
        100 cum in cross section. Rate shall be subject to paragraph C.1.12.4. above.
        Measurements of concrete shall be taken within the specified pay lines for the
        structure or as indicated on the drawings. Any concrete placed in the excavation
        beyond the line of structures to void use of forms shall not be paid for. The
        quantity of item shall be computed by using Prismoidal Formula only.


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                             151

            Block outs and slots necessary for embedding the foundation bolt and other
            embedded parts shall be provided by the contractor without any extra cost. The
            payment for from work required for concrete if any shall be presumed to be
            included in the payment of concrete item.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                             152

                                     SECTION - 9
                             STEEL REINFORCEMENT

R.1.1: SCOPE OF WORK

This item covers providing, hauling storing strengthening, cleaning, cutting, bending,
placing and or erection in position, securing and maintaining in position all reinforcement
of MS Bars plain or for till the concrete is placed around it. It also includes splicing of the
bars as shown on the drawings or as required by the engineer-in-charge and providing the
hooks at ends. It also includes the cost off furnished and attaching wire ties and chairs,
metal supports etc. It also includes welding of reinforcing bars where directed or permitted
by the engineer-in-charge the reinforcement will be either MS or Tor steel. Combination
or MS plain or Tor steel will be allowed in absence of availability of specific steel.

R.1.2: SUPPLY

The reinforcing steel shall be procured by the contractor.

R.2: BAR BENDING SCHEDULE

The department will indicate the design requirement steel for the different components.
The contractor shall prepare the bar bending schedule form those design, statement,
showing the details of bends, cranks and splices provide by him for all the bars to be
placed and get them approved form the Engineer-in-charge. The schedule shall be
presented for approval well in advance of the laying of the reinforcement

R.3: CLEANING

Before steel reinforcement is placed in the position the surface of the reinforcement bars
shall be cleaned off rust, scale, dirt, grease and other objectionable delirious foreign
substance, heavy flaky rust and mill scale that cannot be removed by firm rubbing with
burlap or equivalent treatment being considered. The fact light or early stage rust, has no
detrimental effect on bond and hence could be disregarded shall be accepted as an excuse
for careless handling and storage of steel

R.3.1

In storing, bars of the same sizes, lengths, shape and grade shall be assembled in racks and
marked distinctly. Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in position it shall be verified
that they are of the specified sizes and are cut and bent in accordance with the plans and
specifications. They shall be accurately placed and secured in position by means of built in
concrete blocks, metallic chairs, hangers, spacers or other suitable devices at sufficiently
close intervals so that they will not sag between supports, not be displaced during the
placing of the concrete or by any operation of the work.



Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                             153

R.3.2

Special care shall be exercised to prevent any disturbance of the reinforcement in concrete
that has already been placed. The reinforcement after being placed in position shall be
maintained a clean condition or unsightly rust stains on exposed concrete surface.

R.4: BENDING (REFER ISS NO 2502-1963)

Reinforcement shall not be straightened or bent in a manner that will injure or weaken the
materials. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the plans shall not be used. Bars shall be
bent to the shape and dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed, using a bar
bender, operated by hand or power, to attain the proper bending radius. The radius of bend
shall not be less than 4 times nominal size of the bar. The radius of the bents for stirrups
and ties should not be less than twice the thickness of bar.

Heating of reinforcement bars to facilitate bending will not normally be permitted. When
however, such heating is permitted in the case of large diameter large diameter bars, the
temperature of the steel shall not exceed the corresponding to cherry colour, (about 800ºC)

R.5: PLACING

a)    Binding wire :- Wire for typing reinforcement shall be soft and annealed steel. The
      wire may be of 1.2 mm to 1.63 mm and shall be soft and shall have ( to confirm to
      1:5 280, 1962) and ultimate strength of not less than 5600 kg/cum and yield point of
      not less than system 5600 kg cum yield point of not less than 3000 kg/cum.

b)    Support and spacers:- Metal supports spacers shall be fabricated from no corrodible
      metal. Dissimilar metals should not be placed in concert in intimate proximity with
      each other or joined by a conductor, specially in the continued presence of moisture
      unless it is known that galvanic action will not result.

c)    Splicing by overlapping:- Bars splices as indicated in the drawing or as specified by
      the Engineer-in-charge shall only not be done in the region of maximum bending
      moment and splicing of adjacent bars shall be avoided as far as possible.

d)    By welding:- Welding of bars of splicing may allowed in place of lapping, as the
      discretion of the Engineer-in-charge at approved locations. When welding is resorted
      to instead of lapping the bar to be spliced shall be lap welded or built welded by
      electric welding Ends or bars to be spliced shall be cleaned of all dirt, scales, rust,
      paint and foreign matter before welding all welding shall confirm to the relevant
      Indian standard specification. And weld will be considered unsatisfactory if it fails
      sustain a tensile. Stress of at least 90% of the tensile stress of carrying out the as
      directed by the Engineer-in-charge and with in the accepted unit rate for
      reinforcement.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                            154

R.6: DISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT BARS

R.6.1

The distance between two parallel reinforcement bars shall be except as provided below in
6.2 not less than the greatest of the following distances.

a)    The diameter of each bar, if their diameters be equal.
b)    The diameter of the bar, larger if the diameters be unequal.
c)    6 mm more than the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate comprised such
      concrete.

NOTE :
A GREATER DISTANCE SHOULD BE PROVIDED WHEN CONVENIENT

R.6.2

The vertical distance between two horizontal main steel reinforcement of the
corresponding distance at right angles to two inclined main steel. Reinforcement shall not
be less than 12 mm except at a splice or tap and except where on reinforcement is
transverse to the other.

R.6.3

The pitch of the main bars in a reinforcement concrete solid slab shall not be more than
three times the effective depth of such slab.

R.7: CONCRETE COVER

R.7.1

Sufficient concrete cover shall be provided to protect reinforcement from corrosion of as
indicate in the drawing. All detruding bars from concrete or masonry to which other bars
are to be spliced and which will be exposed to action of weather for an indefinite period
shall be protected from rusting by a thin coat of neat cement grout. Accurate records shall
be kept at all time of numbers, sizes, lengths and weight of bars placed in position for
different parts or the work.

R.7.2

The thickness of concrete cover (exclusive of plaster or other decorative finish shall be as
follows)

a)    At each end of reinforcing bar a cover not less than 25 mill twice the diameter of
      such rod or bar.



Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             155

b)    For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column cover not less than 40 mm nor less
      than the diameter of such rod in the as of column of minimum dimensions of 18 mm
      or under those the bars which do not exceed 12 mm diameter 25 mm cover maybe
      use.

c)    For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam a cover not less than 25 mm nor less than
      the diameter of such rod or bar.

d)    For tensile, compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab a over not less than
      12 mm nor less than the diameter of such reinforcement.

e)    For any other reinforcement not less than 12 mm nor less than the diameter of such
      reinforcement.

f)    For all external works for work against earth faces and also for internal work where
      there exists particular corrosive conditions. The cover of the concrete shall be
      increased 12 mm beyond the figure given below (a to 2)

R.7.3

Where because of splicing, the thickness of concrete in between reduces to less than the
maximum size of the aggregate of concrete with reduced maximum size of the aggregate,
shall be used so as to allow development of bond in the splices. The extra cost of such
special concrete shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rate for the main
concrete and shall be paid at the same rate.

R.8: ADDITIONAL IMPORTANT POINTS FOR ATTENTION

I)    Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in position lit shall be verified as to whether
      are of the specified grade, size and are cut and bent in accordance with the relevant
      drawings and specification. For any mistake, the contractor shall be solely
      responsible and shall made himself liable for all rectifications of mistake at his risk
      and cost.

II) Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed and secured in positions by means of
    built in concrete blocks, metallic chairs, hangers spacers or other suitably approved
    device at sufficient close intervals so that they will not sag between supports and
    shall not be displaced during placing of concrete or any operation of work.

III) Before standing concreting, the contractor shall ascertain that the measurement of the
     reinforcement placed have been recorded by the authorize representative of the dept.
     and the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion may order dismantling and
     reconstruction of the work where necessary. The Engineer-in-charge or his
     authorized representative shall record the fact of his having checked and approved
     the reinforcement in the order book kept on the work before allowing concerting to
     commence.


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             156

R.9: MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

The reinforcement shall be paid as the weight on Kg/Qtl. Of the actual quantity of steel
reinforcement placed in the structure arrived at by measuring the length of the bars
multiplied by the standard weight per unit length for the particular diameter of bar (as
shown in the bar bending schedule) The standard weights of the bars shall be as follows.

                Diameter of bar in mm.    Weight in kg/m
                           6                   0.22
                           8                   0.40
                          10                   0.60
                          12                   0.90
                          16                   1.60
                          18                   2.00
                          20                   2.50
                          22                   3.00
                          25                   3.80
                          28                   4.80
                          32                   6.30
                          36                   8.00
                          40                   9.90
                          45                  12.50
                          50                  15.40

In case of deformed bars, the weight per unit length for a bar for specified diameter (in
nominal size will be as shown in the manufacture catalogue). The issue of deformed bars
to the contractor and the payment to the contractor will be done on the basis of weight
given by the manufactures.

This shall include the quantity in laps, hooks and bends. It shall not include weight of
metallic chairs, hangers spacers or other suitable devices, if use. The length of bar shall be
measured to the nearest 10 cm. A fraction less than 5 cm shall be neglected and fraction of
5 cm or more shall be taken as 10 cm.

The cost of the wire used for tying the reinforcement shall be deemed to be included in the
rate for the item of reinforcement and shall not be paid separately. The item rate shall be
exclusive of chair, hanger, space etc. Separate measurements for supports steel shall kept
and payment shall be made at issue rate per schedule “A” Surplus steel in pieces longer
than 2,.50 m out of the steel issued to the contractor will be taken back at the rate at which
it was issue to the contractor The convenience to the placer of original issue of steel being
at the contractor cost. The contractor shall return such cut pieces to the department
periodically.



Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                            157

                                   SECTION - 10

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

DEWATERING ARRANGEMENT FOR FOUNDATION:

1: SCOPE

The item shall include all dewatering work required in a manner herein after
specified.

1.2: DESIGN ETC

The contractor shall arrange sufficient number of water pumps (of sufficient horse power)
for dewatering within reasonable period.

1.3     CONTRACTOR TO DEWATER WHENEVER REQUIRED

1.3.1: The area under all works pertaining to the structure and appurtenance and the
adjoining areas as necessary shall be maintained free from water. The area shall also be
maintained free from water after any part of the work is completed, for inspection, safety,
and installation by Government or for any other reasons determined as necessary by the
engineer-in-charge. The contract shall pump all water from the site of the works and shall
keep the foundation free of water, while excavating, concreting and placing masonry and
continue to keep the work, free of water for period as may be required for proper setting or
mortars or concrete etc., or otherwise required for completion of works.

1.3.2 The contractor shall not be entitled to any claims or damages on account of or by
reason of any amount of water leaking through, under or around the coffer dams, diversion
or protective works or overtopping of the diversion works, or from the construction sluice.

        The river will be diverted through the portion of masonry spillway or by suitable
diversion in order to enable earth-work of the dam to progress, ahead of the masonry dam.
Any percolation caused due to this shall be covered by the rate for item concerned.

        The contractor shall provide and maintain temporary bulk heads to protect galleria
shafts and other openings in the structures from possible flooding from any reason
whatsoever.




Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             158

1.4:    REPAIRS AND REMOVAL OF DIVERSION CHANNEL, COFFER DAM
        ETC.

       After having served their purpose the temporary bulk heads shall be removed to the
extent directed by the engineer-in-charge from time to time.

       The diversion channel, coffer dams, etc. are likely to be damaged due to floods or
any other reason. If they are so damaged they shall be done without extra cost to the
satisfaction of the engineer-in-charge. Such removal or repair work shall be done in such
manner as not to damage any permanent works.

1.5: CLOSURE OF DIVERSION WORKS ETC.

      The method of closure of diversion channel, shall be subject to the approval of the
engineer-in-charge and at no extra cost.

1.6: DAMAGE DUE TO FLOOD

       If any foundation parts are filled due to floods or flow, during the progress of work
or during rainy season, or due to any other cause, all pumping required to dewater the pit
and desalting shall be done without any extra cost. If for any reasons of planning of
excavation, the foundation pits get filled they shall be dewatered and desalting under the
scope of this item.

1.7: REMOVAL OF COFFER DAMS AND CLOSING OF DIVERSION CUTS
     ETC.

1.7.1: All coffer dams and other protective works constructed for facility of dewatering
shall be removed after they have served their purpose in a manner and to the extent
directed by the engineer-in-charge from time to time. All the diversion works or diversion
cuts shall be closed in a likewise manner. The coffer dams on the up-stream may however,
be allowed to be submerged at the discretion of the engineer-in-charge. If however, such
submergence in the opinion of the engineer-in-charge is likely to be detrimental to the
structure or a part of it the upstream cofferdam shall be removed in a manner and to the
extent directed by the engineer-in-charge. All the timber and other materials which will
float in water shall be carefully removed away from the location of outlets of sluices so
that they shall not find way in the outlet conduit gate, trash racks, etc., on flooding of the
upstream.

1.7.2 :       The down-stream coffer dam shall be removed in such a manner as not to
interfere with the satisfactory working of the energy dissipation arrangements outlets,
canal, etc.

1.8: NO CLAIM IF PONDING IS DONE

      Ponding shall be done by the department upstream of the masonry dam at
intermediate stages and water diverted from the lake into the river for irrigation purposes.

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             159

The contractor shall have no claim on account of any additional dewatering and diversion
of flow required to be done because of such ponding and such additional dewater in and
diversion of flow stands included in item concerned. The contractor shall not be entitled to
any claims on account of interference with and interruption caused to many temporary
roads, quarries or temporary camp, submerged or inaccessible by such ponding.

4.1 DRAINAGE PIPE :
4.1.1 POROUS DRAIN SHAFT :
      The item includes providing and fixing in position precast concrete blocks in cement
mortar 1:4 proportion with formed hole of 100 mm.. Diameter for drainage shaft with all
leads rand lifts etc. complete as per specifications.
4.1.2 : The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment, material
and labour for the manufacture, transport, placing and curing for 20 cm. Diameter porous
concrete pipe blocks transport and erection of the pipe elements and performing all the
functions necessary and ancillary thereto including finishing the pipes as directed by the
Engineer-in-charge.
4.1.3 GENERAL :
      The diameter specified is the internal diameter of a cement concrete block of which
the size will be 60 cm. x 60 cm.
4.1.4 The length of each shall be as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge :
4.1.5:- PROPORTION AND PRECASTING :
     The pipes shall be cast in porous concrete of proportion 1:4 (cement : aggregate) the
porosity and permeability of the pipes shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The
pipe shall be subject to approval prior to insTallation. The maximum, size of well graded
aggregate to be used will be 20 mm.
4.1.6 :- CARE TO BE TAKEN TO AVOID CLOGGING OF PIPES ETC :
     Care shall be taken to avoid clogging of the pipes during progress of work. Should
any pipes became clogged or obstructed from any cause before final acceptances of the
work, it shall be cleaned out in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge. No. porous
which has been damaged shall be used In the work.
4.1.7:-   MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
      Mode of measurement shall be on running meter basis. The rate includes its cost and
fixing with necessary connections for the completed item of work.

2.1: PROVIDING EARTH BACK FILL

2.1.1: EARTH BACK FILL

       Earth back fill is define as the embankment constructed in the vicinity of concrete
or masonry structures by utilization of the suitable excavated material either directly of by
re-handling or from quarried borrow material without extra cost, whenever the excavated
materials fails to satisfy the specification requirements.

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             160


2.1.2 :   The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding the suitability of materials for
earth back fill shall be final and binding upon the contractor.

      The characteristic of back fill shall be in general conformity with the zoning of the
dam and satisfy the necessary filter criteria.

2.1.3: CONTROL COMPACTION

       Control of placement shall be based on the, proctor test of soil compaction with
modification approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Optimum moisture content shall be
predetermined in the laboratory. Dry and wet densities, shall be controlled by filed tests to
assess the degree of compaction. The dry density shall in no case be below 95% of the
standard proctor density.

2.1.4 : MOISTURE CONTENT

       Moisture content shall be controlled by necessary operations such as sprinkling,
mixing and pending in borrow area drying by exposure, so as to attain the optimum
moisture content uniformly through out the layer. The moisture content shall be within 2%
(two percent) of the optimum moisture content as determine in the laboratory. If the filed
moisture content is beyond the range of moisture content prescribed, the rolling operation
and adding of further layers shall be deferred till the prescribed moisture content is
obtained.

2.1.5 : METHOD OF COMPACTION AND PLACEMENT

       The materials shall be placed in continuous horizontal layers of not more than 15
cm. in thickness and shall be compacted as specified below. The laying and compactions
hall be or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

       Rolling shall be done by tamping rollers when each layer of material has been
suitably conditioned. In parts of the structures in accessible to rolling equipment the
compaction shall be done by mechanical tamping equipment approved by the Engineer-in-
charge. The compaction standard specified in para 5.3 shall be satisfied irrespective of the
equipment used.

2.1.6 : MEASUREMENTS

       The measurements shall be on the basis of cubical contents of the compacted fill.
The rates shall include all necessary lifts and leads.

2.1.7 : BACKFILL WITH RANDOM SOIL

       This item covers all excavated or quarried material suitable for backfill which shall
be placed as per paragraph above.


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             161

2.1.8: BACKFILL OF IMPREVIOUS MATERIALS

       The impervious material should have sufficiently low coefficient of permeability
and at the same time desired dry density and shear strength measured in the laboratory
selected materiel shall be quarried as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The backfill
shall be placed as per paragraph above and paid as per paragraph above.

4.1 PROVIDING AND FIXING G .1. PIPES RAILING :
4.1.1 GENERAL :
      The item refers to the provision of mild steel angle. I or T section posts and G.I. pipe
railing as shown in the working drawings.
4.1.2 MATERIAL :
      1) Mild Steel Angles. I or T as per the item shall be of sizes shown on planes.
      2) Anchor bolts, nuts and check nuts to be as per I.S.No.1149-1964 and of the shape
         and size shown in the drawinsg or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge .
      3) Galvanized iron pipes of the diameter as shown in the drawings with couplings
         shall be of the standard type .The diameter shall be the inside bore diameter.
4.1.3 CONSTRUCTION :
      The railing shall be constructed as per the detailed drawings.
      The angle iron, I or T section shall be fixed to the projecting anchor bolts which shall
be placed in accurate position at the time of concreting of the slab and or kerb and
fastened securely by means of nuts and check nuts. Three rows of G.I pipes with coupling
shall then be fixed on each side to lines , levels and curves as directed by the Engineer and
passing through the holes cut in the angle, I or T . It should not be possible to remove the
pipes easily. All ragged edges of posts shall be smoothened by filling. The pipes & posts
shall then be painted with one coat of red lead and two coats of approved shade good oil
paint.
4.1.4 ITEM TO INCLUDE :
      1) Providing and fixing angles, I or T, as mentioned in the item bolts, nuts
         galvanized iron pipes with coupling including painting.
      2) All labour, materials, accessories, use of equipment, tools, plant, scaffolding etc.
         necessary for the completion of the item satisfactorily.
4.1.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT & PAYMENT :
      The contract rate shall be for one meter length of the railing completed. The railing
shall be measured between the inside of the end pillars over the abutments .


15.1 PROVIDING M.S. FOOT BRIDGE :
15.1.1 SCOPE :
     The item includes fabrication of bridge laying and fixing in position including
necessary materials, tools and labour required etc. complete.
Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                   Executive Engineer,
                                            162

15.1.2 MATERIAL :
     The bridge should be made from M.S. angle as directed, as per I.S. specification. The
width of the bridge should be minimum 1 meter for easy movement. Cross angle railing
should be provided at least 1 meter in height, or as directed. Welding should be done with
approved quality welding rods.
15.1.3. GENERAL :
     The M.S. sheet of required width should be welded properly in line with the angles.
The joints, if any. Should be properly welded or bladed with sufficient over laps &
supports be arranged at the joints. The bridge should be painted with approved quality of
anticorrosive paint.
15.1.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :
      The measurements shall be in length of finished portion only. All pictures and
fastening are supposed to be included in the item, put to tender. The rate shall be for per
meter length of finished portion put to tender.
16.1 PROVIDING STEEL LADDER :-
16.1.1 SCOPE :
      The item includes fabrication of ladder and fixing in position including material,
tools plants and labour required etc. complete.
16.1.2 MATERIAL :
     The ladder should be made from M.S. Angle of size 40x40x6 mm. as per I.S.
specification Welding should be done with approved quality of weldings rod.
16.1.3 GENERAL :
      The steps should be properly welded by properly fixing in holes and at equal
intervals for easy climbing. The joints in the ladder should properly be welded or bolted
with sufficient overlaps and suitable support be arranged at the joints. The ladder should
be laid inclined (as directed) for easy climbing. The ladder should be painted with
approved quality of paint including base coat as directed.

3.1: PROVIDING AND FIXING GUARD STONES

3.1.1: SCOPE

       The item includes all tools, plants, labour and materials required for preparing
transporting painting of guard stone of size 2010 x 2010 x 750 mm. and performing all the
functions necessary and ancillary thereto.

3.1.2: MATERIALS

       The stone shall be of the specified type of the stone and of the standard size and
shape. The portions of the stones exposed above the ground shall be rough tooled as
directed. The stones shall be embedded in 1:4:8 cement concrete up to 0.3 mete/ below the
ground. The exposed part of the stone shall be given two coats of white wash & if

Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                           163

necessary suitable words and figures painted on it are as directed by the Engineer-in-
charge. Any excavation necessary for fixing of the guard stone and laying of the cement
concrete bedding shall be done by the contractor at his cost.

3.1.3: MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

       Contract rate shall be for one guard stone fixing in position as mentioned here in
before. The measurement shall be for the number of guard stones fixed in position.

3.1.4 : Painting to Gauge Plates: - Painting to Gauge Plates in stilling basin and body
should be as specified by the Engineer-in-charge.

3.1.5 Mode of Payment: - Mode of Payment shall be made on square meter basis.




Signature of Contractor         No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                              164

                                     SECTION - 11
                          RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATIONS

GENERAL

1)    The contractor shall acquaint himself with all applicable laws and regulation
      concerning storing, handling and the use of explosives. All such laws, regulations
      and rules etc., as are current from time to time shall be binding upon the contractor.

2)    The provisions detailed in these rules are supplementary to the above laws, rules and
      regulations etc., and are applicable except where the conflict with the above
      mentioned laws etc. from time to time. Further the engineer-in-charge may issue
      modifications, alterations or new instructions from time to time. The contractor shall
      comply without the same being made a cause for any claims.

MATERIALS

3)    All materials explosives, detonators, fuses, tamping materials etc., that as proposed to
      be used in the blasting operations, shall have the prior approval of the engineer-in-
      charge.

4)    Black powder and safe explosives (as commonly current in India) shall be used
      wherever possible. Explosives with Nitroglycerin shall only be under exceptional
      circumstances and where the above explosives are not effective.

5)    The use of fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be
      sufficiently water resistant to be unaffected when immersed in water for thirty
      minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and less than 4 second per
      2.5 cms of length with 10% tolerance on either side.

      Before use, the fuse shall be inspected and the moist, damaged or broken ones
      discarded. The rate of burning of all types of fuses, or when they have been in stock
      for long, shall be tested before use.

6)    The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the explosives.
      Moist or damaged shall be discarded.

PERSONNEL

7)    Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under person’s supervision of
      competent and licensed and trained workmen.

8)    All supervisors’ ad workmen in charge of making up, handling storage and blasting
      work, shall be adequately insured by the contractor.



Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             165

9)    The storage shall be in charge of a very reliable person approved by the engineer-in-
      charge, who may, if necessary, cause police enquiry being made as to his reliability,
      antecedents, etc. The contractor shall have to produce a security for the person in
      charge of explosives if and as required by the engineer-in-charge or the civil
      authorities of the District.

10) The contractor shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are fully conversant
    with all the rules to be observed in storing, handling and use of explosives. It shall be
    assured that the supervisor in charge is thoroughly acquainted with all the details of
    the handling of the blasting operations.

STORAGE OF EXPLOSIVES

11) The contractor shall build a magazine, for storing the explosives. The site of the
    magazine its capacity and design shall be subjected to approval by the engineer-in-
    charge and the inspector of explosives before the construction is taken up as a rule,
    the explosives should be stored in a clean, dry, well ventilated, bullet proof and fire
    proof building on the isolated site.

12) The explosives, detonators and fuses shall each to be separately stored.

13) A careful and day to day account of the use of explosives shall be kept by the
    contractor in an approval register and in an approved manner. The register shall be
    produced by the contractor for the inspection of the engineer-in-charge when so
    required by the latter, the engineer-in-charge may also pay a surprise visit to the
    storage magazine in case of any unaccountable storage of the explosives or if the
    account is not found to have been maintained in a manner prescribed by the engineer-
    in-charge, the contractor shall be liable to be penalized with forfeiture of the security
    deposit lodged by him with the government of his tender shall be cancelled in which
    case he shall not be entitled to any compensation for the losses etc. The action taken
    under this clause shall be in addition to that which might be taken by the competent
    civil authorities in a court of law.

14) The magazine shall at all times, be kept scrupulously clean.

15) No unauthorized person shall at any time, be admitted inside the magazine.

16) The magazine shall, when not in use of authorized person, be kept well and securely
    locked.

17) The magazine shall on no account be opened during or in the approach of
    thunderstorm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine during such
    period.

18) Magazine shoes without nail shall at all time be kept in the magazine and wooden tub
    or cement tub about 30 cm high and 45 cm in diameter, filled with water shall be
    fixed near the door of the magazine.

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                166


      Person entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which shall be
      provided by the contractor for the purpose and be careful.

      i.     Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine shoes on.

      ii.    Not to allow the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clean floor.

      iii.   Not to allow any dirt or grits to fall on the clean floor.

19) Person with bare feet, shall before entering the magazine, dip their feet in water and
    then step direct from the tub over the barrier (if there be one) on the clean floor.

20) A brush or boom shall be kept in the lobby of the magazine, for clearing out the
    magazine on each occasion it is opened for the receipt, delivery or inspection of
    explosives.

21) No matches or inflammable material shall be allowed in the magazine, lights shall be
    obtained from an electric storage battery lantern.

22) No person having article of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the
    magazine.

23) Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that they have
    none of the prohibited articles on their person.

24) Oil cotton rages, waste articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be allowed
    inside the magazine.

25) No tools or implements other then those of copper, brass, gunmetal or wood shall be
    allowed inside the magazine. All tools shall be used with extreme gentleness and
    care.

26) Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown down or dragged along the floor and shall be
    stacked on wooden trestles. Where there are white ants the legs of the trestles should
    rest on shallow copper lead or brass bowls, containing water. Open boxes of
    dynamite shall never be exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

27) Empty boxes of loose packing material shall not be kept inside the magazine.

28) The magazine shall have a lightening contractor which shall be got tested at least
    once a year by an officer authorized by the engineer-in-charge, the testing fee shall
    be charged on the contractor which will be Rs. 20/- for each inspection. The
    contractor shall within 15 days comply with all the recommendations made by the
    officer testing the lightening conductor failing which, the engineer-in-charge shall be
    entitled to comply with the same at the contractor’s expense which shall not be open
    to question or may consider any action that he may consider fit.

Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections                   Executive Engineer,
                                              167


29) A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorized persons.

30) The following shall be hung in the Lobby of magazine.
    a) A copy of the rules both in English and in the languages which the workers
         concerned are familiar with.

      b)    A statement showing the up to date stock in the magazine.

      c)    A certificate showing the last date of testing the lightening conductor.

      d)    A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.

31) The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by the officer or engineer-in-
    charge who will see that all the rules are strictly complied with. He will notify all
    omissions etc., to the contractor, who shall rectify the defect within a period of 15
    days from the date of receipt of the suitable notice failing which, the engineer-in-
    charge may take whatever action be considers fit.

USE OF EXPLOSIVES

32) For the transport of the explosives and detonators between the store and the site
    closed and strong container made of soft material such as timber, zinc, copper,
    leather and the like shall be used.

33) Explosives and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and transported
    separately for the conveyance of primers special containers shall be used.

34) Boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed.

35) Explosives shall be stored and used chronologically to ensure the one, received being
    used first.

36) A make up house shall be provided at each working place in which made up by an
    experienced man as required. The make up house shall be separated from magazine
    building. Only electric storage battery lamps shall be used in this house.

37) No smoking shall be allowed in the make up house.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                             168

DISPOSAL OF DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES

38) All deteriorated explosives shall be disposed of in approved manner. The work of the
    deteriorated explosives to be disposed of shall be intimated to the engineer-in-charge
    prior to its disposal.

PREPARATION OF PRIMERS

39) The primers shall not to be prepared near open flames or fires. The work of
    preparation of primers shall always he entrusted to same persons. Primers shall be
    used as soon possible after they are ready.

CHARGING OF HOLES

40) The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the site is
    completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by actual inspection.

41) While charging open lamps shall be kept away. For charging with powdered
    explosives naked flames shall not be allowed.

42) Only wooden tamping rods, without any kind of metal on them shall be allowed to be
    used.

43) Bore holes must be of such size that the cartridges can easily pass down them.

44) Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed home with the
    tamping rod. The sand, clay or other tamping material used for filling the hole
    completely shall not be tamped too hard.

BLASTING

45) Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day which shall have the
    approval of the engineer-in-charge. The Blasting hours once fixed shall not be altered
    without prior written approval of the engineer-in-charge.

46) The site of blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red danger flags.
    The order of fire shall be given only by the supervisor in charge of the work and this
    order shall be given only after giving the warning to leave their work immediately at
    the first warning signal and to make for safe shelter and not leave the shelter until the
    clear signal has been given.

47) A bugle with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warning signals. The bugle
    shall not be used for any other purpose. All the labour shall be made acquainted with
    the sound of the bugle and shall be strictly warned to leave their work immediately at
    the first warning signal and to make for safe shelter and not leave the shelter until the
    clear signal has been given.


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                             169

48) All the roads and foot paths leading to the blasting area shall be watched.

49) In special cases suitable extra precautions shall be taken. The engineer-in-charge may
    however, permit blasting for underground excavation without restriction of fixed
    time provided that he is satisfied that proper precautions are taken to give sufficient
    warning to all concerned and that the work of other agencies on the site is not unduly
    hampered.

50) For lighting the fuses, a lamp with a strong flames such as carbide lamp shall be
    used.

51) The supervisor shall watch the time required for firing the fuses and shall see that all
    the workmen are under safe shelters in good time.

ELECTRICAL FIRING

52) Only the supervisor-in-charge shall keep key of the firing apparatus and he shall keep
    it always with himself.

53) Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current of the blasting operations.
    Power line not to be tapped for the purpose.

54) All the detonators shall be checked before use.

55) For blasts in one series detonators of the same manufacture and of the same group of
    electrical resistance shall be used.

56) Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging shall be
    removed from the site.

57) The firing cable shall have a proper insulting over so as to avoided short circuiting
    due to contract with water, metallic part of rock.

58) The use of the earth as return line shall not be permitted.

59) The firing cable shall be connected to the source of current only after ascertaining
    that nobody is in the area of blasting.

60) Before firing the circuit shall be checked by a suitable apparatus.

61) After firing whether with or without an actual blast the contact between firing cable
    and the source of current shall be cut off before any persons are allowed to leave the
    shelters.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                             170

62) During storms charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended. The charges
    already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible after taking all
    safety precautions and giving necessary warning signals. If this is not possible the
    sight shall be abandoned till the storm has passed.

PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLAST AND MIS-FIRES

63) If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is delayed, sufficient time
    shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger zone. When fuses and blasting
    caps are used a safe time should be allowed and then the supervisor alone shall leave
    the shelter to see the misfire.

64) Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until one of the two
    following operations have been carried out by the supervisor.
    i) The Supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay)
          extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet of water or compressed air
          (using a pipe of soft material) withdraws the fuse with the primer and detonator
          attached. A fresh primer and detonator with fuse shall then be placed in this
          hole and fire.
    ii) The Supervisor shall get one foot of the tamping cleared off and indicate the
          direction by placing stick in the hole. Another hole may then be drilled at 230
          mm away and parallel to this hole, should then be charged and fired. The
          balance of the cartridges and detonators found in the rock be removed.

65) Before leaving his work, the supervisor should inform the supervisor of the relieving
    shift of any action of misfire and shall point out the position with a red cross
    denoting the same and also state what step, if any he has taken in the matter.

66) The supervisor shall at once report to the office all cases of misfire, the cause of the
    misfire, the steps taken in connection therewith.

67) The name of the supervisor in charge of day or night shift maybe noted daily in the
    contractor’s office.

68) If misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamite the whole
    quantity of box from which the defective article was taken must be returned to the
    authority as may be directed by the engineer-in-charge for inspection to ascertain
    whether the whole box contains defective material.

69) Redrilling the holes that have misfired either wholly or partly shall not be permitted.

70) Precautions after blasting:- After the blast, the supervisor shall carefully inspect the
    work and satisfy himself that all the charges have exploded.

71) After the blast has taken place in underground works, the workmen shall not be
    allowed to face till all the toxic gases are evacuated from the face.


Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                           171

                                  SECTION - 12
                                    ROYALTIES

       The contractor shall arrange for the materials from approved quarries. It is
necessary for the contractor to obtain permission from Revenue Authorities or other
relevant authorities before removing the materials. If the government desired to acquire
quarry for the use of Government work, it would be so acquired and the contractor would
be required to pay the royalties as per the Government procedures. The contractor shall
                                      ´ÖæüÖ¸üÖ™Òü
abide by the procedure regarding royalty for materials vide
¿ÖÖÃÖ-Ö, ´ÖÆüÃÖæ»Ö ¾Ö ¾Ö-Ö ×¾Ö³ÖÖ•Ö, ¿ÖÖÃÖ-Ö
×-Ö•ÖÔµÖ •Îú. •ÖÖî•Ö •Ö×-Ö-10 / 2001 / ¯ÖÏ.•Îú. 24 / 25,
פü. 15/01/2003 †Ö×Ö ãÖÖ¾ÖÔ•Ö׭֍ú ²ÖÖӬ֍úÖ´Ö
×¾Ö³ÖÖ•Ö, ¿ÖÖÃÖ-Ö ×-Ö•ÖÔµÖ •Îú. ÃÖÓ•úß   •ÖÔ -02 / 05 /
(291) / ‡´ÖÖ¸üŸÖß-2, פü. 15/1/2003.
             The amount of royalty is included in the items of Schedule-B of the Tender.
The amount of royalty shall be deducted from R.A. Bill as per the prevailing rates of
royalty charges and will be released only after producing the documentary evidence of
payment of Royalty Charges paid to concern Revenue Authority. If the contractor fails to
produce the documentary evidence of payment of Royalty Charges, the amount of Royalty
deducted from R.A. Bills shall be directly paid to the concerned Revenue Authority.




Signature of Contractor         No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                             172

                                    SECTION - 11
   SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR THE MATERIAL TO BE BROUGHT BY
                     THE CONTRACTOR

All the material, such as cement, steel, etc., brought by the contractor for the work shall be
reported to the engineer-in-charge only, furnishing the necessary test report from
laboratory / factory.

Cement shall be of 43 grade from L & T / Manikgarh / ACC only confirming to IS 8112
of 1989 and the concrete strength to confirm as per IS 456 of 1978.

The steel supplied by the contractor shall be entirely HYSD bars and confirm to IS 432
(part One) of 1966, and 1139 of 1966 and IS 1786 of 1976 amended from time to time.

Required quantity of explosives shall be brought by the contractor from the government
authorised department. Documents of such purchases shall be furnished to the engineer-in-
charge only. Secured magazine to be kept on work-site for all blasting operations.

The structural steel to confirm IS revision 800 of 1962 thereof and subsequent.

The member of construction committee shall be offered full access to the site at all times
to monitor the progress of the work and the quality control activities and concerns
expressed by the construction committee to the site engineer either verbally or in writing
shall investigated immediately by the site engineer and he shall take the appropriate
action.




Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              173

                                       SECTION - 12

                                    EARTH FILLING

1.0 GENERAL:

               Back filling generally means excavation re-fill upto the ground level by
        embankment material which is required to be placed in excavation after the
        structure is built up above the normal ground level. All the back fill shall be
        carefully graded to the lines and grades as shown on the drawings or as directed.
        The item includes the quarrying, transporting servicing and such other processing
        operations to produce the materials of desired quality, laying watering and
        compacting as directed. The materials obtained from the excavation work in this
        contract will be allowed to be used for back-filling, if of approved quality, free of
        cost.

2.0 PREPARING SURFACE FOR BACK-FILLING:

               All loose material and surface debris shall be removed. The bed and sides
        shall be drenched with water sufficiently so as to prevent absorption of water from
        back-fill material. Before placing the back-fill material, the surface shall be tamped
        or otherwise consolidated sufficiently.

3.0 BACK-FILLING WITH IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL:

                The impervious material may be obtained from excavation stuff free of cost
        or borrowed from outside from contractor’s own sources if required without any
        limitation of lead or lift. The quality of the impervious material should be got
        approved from the Engineer-in-charge in advance. Water shall be added to the
        embankment and mixed by suitable means to assure uniform distribution of
        moisture and the desired standard of compaction.

4.0 COMPACTION:

               The proctor test of soil compaction with approved modification shall govern
        the construction. Laboratory methods will be used to determine the optimum
        moisture content, dry and wet density and permeability and the construction will be
        controlled by field tests and made to determine whether adequate degree of
        compaction is being attained.

5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:

               The measurement of widths for payments will be taken as between the
        accepted payment lines of the excavation under the respective excavation items and
        the face of the masonry or concrete structures. The back-filling may not have to be
        done right up to the original ground level. The work will be paid for only up to the
        depth of back filling as required and directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If the

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              174

        contractor chooses to provide filling above the level desired for his own
        convenience like raising platform and erecting temporary structures the work may
        be allowed to be done if not undesirable from other considerations during or after
        construction. But the work so done above the desired levels shall not be measured
        and paid for even though it might have been done to the required specifications as
        for the rest of the portions. The unit is cubic meter. Deduction in quantities of back
        fill shall be made for shrinkage at the rate of 10 percent of intermediate
        measurements, 7 percent after one monsoon and 5 percent for final measurements
        of back fill if the same are taken after two monsoons.

6.0 BACK-FILLING WITH PERVIOUS MATERIAL:

               The pervious material may be obtained from the excavated stuff free of cost
        or borrowed from contractor’s own sources if required without any limitations of
        lead or lift. The quality of the pervious material should be got approved from the
        Engineer-in-charge in advance. Care shall be taken to see that materials in the
        different layers are compacted properly and the finished surface shall have a neat
        appearance.

7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:

               The mode of measurement and payment for back filling with pervious
        material will be same as for back filling with impervious materials vide para 5.0
        above.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               175

                                        SECTION - 13

                                       M. S. NEEDLES

8.0 SCOPE:

                Providing and supplying mild steel needles of size 2.15 x 0.50 m including
        cutting, shaping, welding, and two coats of polyurethane including all leads and
        lifts etc. complete. The work covered by this item shall consists of furnishing all
        materials equipments and labour for the manufacturers, transport.

9.0 QUALITY OF STEEL:

                The channel angle shall confirm to IS 808-1957 and steel plates shall
        confirm to IS 1730-1961. The steel of which the channels, angles, plates and bars
        are to be made shall be manufactured as per the process specified in the respective
        IS and shall have a smooth and uniform surface. Material shall be free from scales,
        blisters, surface flows, laminations cracked edges and defects of every sort and
        should comply as regards in strength and durability with IS 1148-1964.

10.0    JOINTS:

                Joints in plates, channels, angles or every member of the completed goods to
        be made only in such position as may be shown on drawing or as ordered and all
        parts are to be cut and are to be fit in their positions, accurately. All joints are to be
        cut in truly square from and to be put properly together.

11.0    WELDS:

              All welds considered necessary shall be thoroughly sound of full section
        without flaws on other defects.

12.0    DIMENTIONS:

                In case of difference, actual dimensions from vertical groove to be taken in
        preference to scaled dimension and dimensions mentioned in the specification in
        preference to both. Considering actual dimensions if there is any increase in the
        size, it shall not be paid for. The dimensions shown on drawing may be confirmed
        before fabrication work to be taken in hand.

13.0    CAMBER AND CURVATURES:

               The M.S. Plate and horizontal angle and vertical stiffeners shall be formed
        as shown in the drawing so that when resting in position and the designed water
        pressure so acting, there should not be much deviation in shape.



Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              176


14.0    PAINTING M. S. NEEDLES:

               Each needle completed and passed by the Executive Engineer or his
        representative shall be painted with two coats of polyurethane in contractor’s yard.
        14.1 MATERIAL:
                       All materials required in the process shall be got approved from the
               Executive Engineer. Following are the principal materials required in the
               process.
        14.2 PU SYSTEM:
                       This shall consist PU Resin and Hardener used for giving
               anticorrosive treatment of MS surface and shall confirm to IS 2932 or
               equivalent BIS be Enrust of M/s Rand Poly products or equivalent. The PU
               system must have a minimum pot lift of 30 minutes each of the packages
               containing the PU resin and hardener shall have the manufacturers name,
               type of PU, mixing ratio, batch no., date of manufacturing and weight
               printed on the container. PU materials shall fresh and manufactured not
               earlier than month of actual use.
        14.3 THINNER:
                       Thinner to be used in the process of PU mixing shall confirm to IS. It
               shall also be brought in packages having details as stipulated for the PU
               Resin.
        14.4 PROCESS OF APPLICATION OF THE PU ANTICORROSIVE SYSTEM:
                       MS Plate / structural steel fabricated MS plates, surface to be lined /
               coated should be mechanically discalced and cleaned by scrubbing with wire
               brushes. All loose rust particles.
                       The surface should be then cleaned by pickling process using 10%
               normal HCL acid, sufficient time should be allowed after application of the
               acid to ensure complete reaction of the rusted surface layer (The time
               depends on the condition of the substrata). The surface should be then
               thoroughly rinsed with potable water and dried.
                        PU (ENRUST) resin and hardener should be mixed in the proportion
               of 2:1 by weight and thoroughly stirred so as to form mix of uniform
               consistency. That quantity of mix should be such that it can be consumed in
               application within thirty minutes or potlife of the mix or before starting the
               chemical action to set whichever is lower. This will avoid application of a
               mixed compound in which chemical reaction has already set in. This will
               also reduce wastages.
                       Sample for every 100 kg PU compound (mixed) shall be taken. The
               mixed compound shall be applied to the MS plate surface and stripping test
               carried out as stipulated in relevant IS specification.
        14.5 SURFACE HARDNESS TEST:
                       The surface of the final PU anti-coating shall be tested for hardness.
               The standard scratch hardness testing procedure shall be followed. The
               hardness value of the tested surface shall not be less than 3500 gm.



Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              177

        14.6    MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND CONTRACT RATE:
                      The cost of anti-corrosive treatment is to be covered under the rate of
                the MS Needles.

15.0    TESTING:

                When the needles are finished they shall each or certain number of them as
        the Executive Engineer may direct to be tested evenly distributed loads of
        maximum water head without suffering a permanent set or injury.
                The testing should be carried out in the presence of the Executive Engineer
        or his authorized Deputy Engineer either by directly loading or in other way
        approved by the Executive Engineer and the needles shall stand the above tests to
        his entire satisfaction and technical parameter set.
                All expenses of testing the needles shall be borne by the contractor. The item
        rate is inclusive of the testing expenses.

16.0    GENERAL EXECUTION:

               The entire steel work to be executed as per design and drawing and shall
        confirm to IS 816-1956 and it shall be in the most approved workmanship
        according to directions and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge who
        shall have the power to control and inspect to test and to reject the whole or any
        one needle which he may consider unsatisfactory and the contractor shall be bound
        to accept his decision as final.
               All the steel shall confirm to the respective IS specifications and shall be of
        good quality. Every part of steel needle shall be painted with approved
        polyurethane in two coats. The work shall be carried out as per directions of the
        Engineer-in-charge.

17.0    MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT:

                The measurements shall be on Sqm. basis.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                               178

                                      SECTION - 14
                                          DRILLING

1.00      : SCOPE :

                 Drilling in masonry and foundation strata by wagon drills or Jack Hammer
          including flushing, washing, of holes etc.

2.00      : DRIILING :

    2.1             The item shall include drilling of holes of 35 mm to 100 mm diameter in
                    masonry, concrete and foundation strata including rock by wagon drill or
                    jack hammer including providing casing pipe in loose strata and
                    performing the functions necessary and ancillary there-to.
    2.2             The contractor shall engage such wagon drilling machine or jack hammer
                    which are capable of drilling holes of 35 mm to 100 mm diameter.
    2.3             The spacing and depth of bore holes shall be as directed from time to
                    time by the Engineer-in-Charge. The bores shall be taken at the location
                    given by the Engineer or his authorized representative. Each bore shall
                    be drilled up to the depth specified. Excess depth drilled will not be paid
                    for similarly, if for grouting any portion of hole is required to be re-
                    drilled the cost there-of shall be deemed to have included in the rates
                    quoted for this item.
    2.4             All vertical bores shall be drilled truly vertical as shown in drawing and
                    some bores shall be inclined to the gradient as directed by Engineer –in-
                    Charge. The contractor shall make suitable arrangement to measure the
                    water loss during operation. The contractor shall maintain all records e.g.
                    water pressure, color of water, speed of penetration, pressure, speed of
                    rotation of drill bit etc. wherever possible in the manner specified by the
                    Engineer-in-Charge.
    2.5             After completion of drilling, the hole shall be plugged until it is grouted,
                    any hole becoming blocked or chocked before it is grouted shall be
                    opened to the satisfaction the engineer-in-charge and at the expense of
                    the contractor.

3.00      : TESTING AND PREPARATION OF HOLES :

          3.1       Following the drilling o( each hole and prior to grouting, water shall be
                    pumped under pressure as directed by Engineer-in-Charge through drill
                    rod or any other pipes to wash the cuttings and the soil from the crevices
                    in the rock adjacent to the hole, to the surface by the upward flow of
                    water discharging from the hole. The washing shall be continued until
                    reasonable clear water emerges from the hole. But in no case this process
                    shall take as less than 20 minutes. If considered necessary by the
                    Engineer-in-Charge the washing process shall be assisted by, pumoing
                    air into the wash water by means of an air compressor.
Signature of Contractor             No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                  179

4.00    : CLEANING OF HOLES :

        4.1               The washing shall usually be timed so as just proceed grouting. Final
                          washing shall not be completed far in advance of grouting. As a last
                          operation preparatory to grouting the holes shall be blown to clear the
                          accumulated muck at the bottom.
        4.2               No payment will be made for partly drilled or completed hole if it is
                          to be abandoned due to any mischief prior to grouting and due to
                          unsuccessful operation.
        4.3               The contractor shall inform the Engineer-in-Charge who records
                          measurements at least two days in advance before completion of the
                          bore and shall make necessary arrangements for taking
                          measurements.(ailing which the departments shall not be responsible
                          for idle period for the boring machine.)
        4.4               Utmost care and precaution shall be taken to ensure that the dam
                          masonry or concrete is not damaged during the work. Any damage
                          caused to the concrete or masonry or any element material or
                          structure in the dam or adjacent to it shall be made good by the
                          contractor at his own expenses and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
                          in-Charge.

5.00    : MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS :

        5.1               The drilling shall be measured in meter up to two decimals amid paid
                          for as per the actual length of bore drilled or up to depth, directed by
                          the Engineer-in-Charge in writing whichever less.

6.00    : To CARRY OUT WATER INTAKE TESTS AT EVERY 1.5 METER :

        6.1        EQUIPMENTS:
              a.   Wagon drill boring machine with reciprocating pump.
              b.   Water meter for water loss calibrated in liters.
              c.   Pressure motor for recording water pressure under which the test is carried
                   out.
              d.   By pass controlling valves for controlling water pressure. Five rubber
                   packers of preventing leakage at top and bottom of section to be tested.
              e.   Perforated pipe 1.5 m length inner and outer for delivering water test section
                   in all directions.
              f.   Other necessary equipment such as pipe length , chain, spanners, pipe
                   connecting sockets etc.
              g.   Stop watch for recording time.
              h.   Other equipments as may be required for the test.
              i.   Any damage to equipments machinery and for accessories thereof during the
                   work shall not be compensated by the Department.
        6.2        This item shall include tasting of the testing under specified pressure and
                   recording the water intake of the hole to assess the success of grouting
                   operation carried out. The record shall be submitted by the contractor in the

Signature of Contractor                No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              180

                form of prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge immediately after the testing
                is over.
        6.3     The contractor shall furnish the necessary equipment and shall carry out
                water intake test as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. The equipment shall
                be such so as to enable pressurised water tests to be carried out in stages of
                1.5 meters. Suitable pressure gauge and water meter shall be installed to
                indicate pressure and water leakages from the holes. The equipment shall be
                capable of maintaining constant pressure in the hole up to 1.4 kg/cm2.
        6.4     The Water to be pumped should be clear and free from all sediments.
        6.5     METHOD :
          i.    At every 3.00 meter distance a test hole snail be drilled, when grouting of
                the holes is completed for 6 meter length on either side of the test hole. The
                depth of the holes shall be the same as grout holes in the vicinity or as
                directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
         ii.    After drilling the hole, the packer test shall be carried out as described, in
                para II & III here-in-after.
        iii.    The test shall be carried cut from bottom to top of hole in stages of 1.5
                meters with packer at top and bottom.
         iv.    The test shall be conducted for pressures varying from 0 to 10 kg/cm3 in slab
                1.5 kg/cm2 and process repeated for decreasing pressures for every slab
                minimum three readings should be taken.
         v.     The reading should be watched till the intake is found to the constant for at
                least two minutes or as per instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

        6.6     : PROCEDURE :

                       Packer test should start from bottom 1.5 meters pocket of hole with
                only ones packer at top perforated pipe 1.5 meters length should be fixed
                and pipe inserted in the hole and water intake test carried out as described
                above. The subsequent 1.5 meter pockets should be tested with double
                packer and at bottom and other at top of the pocket length. Pressure applied
                and water loss in particular lime (20 minutes) shall be noted for each
                pressure of 1.50 Kg/cm2 slab from 0 to 10 kg/cm2 and preserved as directed
                by Engineer-in-Charge. The reading shall be recorded in tabular form
                prescribed.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              181

                                     SECTION - 15
                                        GROUTING

1.00    : SCOPE :

               Grouting of cement or cement with admixture in holes drilled vide para 2.0
        of Drilling section in stages of 3 meters from bottom upwards.

2.01    Rate shall be inclusive of the cost of cement and admixtures. Cement admixtures, if
        required will be supplied for grouting to the contractor free of cost at the site by the
        Department. The contractor will not however he paid extra for adding such
        admixtures. The contractor shall submit daily account of cement showing the
        opening balance, receipts, consumption and closing balance for the day.
2.02    Before grouting, the hole shall be sufficiently cleaned to the satisfaction of the
        Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative with water and air under
        pressure to facilitate free flow of grout.
2.03    The grouting shall be carried out as per directions of the Engineer-in-charge or his
        authorized representative, before the grouting of hole is taken up, the adjoining
        holes shall be kept clean and open in case there is grout connection between these
        holes during grouting.
2.04    Grouting is to be done from bottom to top in a stage of 1st three meter from bottom
        upwards.
2.05    The pipe for grout mix shall be black cast iron pipe of required thickness and strong
        enough to withstand the grout pressure. The contractor shall furnish pipes and
        fittings for the grout connections and the packing and chalking materials required.
        The pipes shall be cut and fabricated as approved by the Engineer. The charges
        involved in these operations shall be doomed to have been included in the unit rate
        accepted for grouting in the schedule of prices.
2.06    The equipment for mixing and grouting shall be capable of effectively mixing the
        grout in correct and specified proportions agitating it and pumping it in to the pipes
        in an uninterrupted flow at the designed pressure up to a maximum of 5 kg/cm.
        There should be satisfactory arrangement for accurately measuring the quantity of
        water, cement and other ingredients to be used. The agitator shall have paddles of
        suitable design end shape to keep the mix in proper consistency till it is pumped
        into the holes. Standard equipment of approved quantity shall be used.
2.07    The mixing and conveying system shall be laid out to provide sufficient capacity
        for a heavy (low of grout ). The mixture shall be in two compartments or parts so
        that grout could be mixed in one when that from the other is being pumped. The
        compartments of parts shall be independently connected to the pump. In general an
        uninterrupted flow of grout shall be maintained and the grout conveyed from the
        pump to the hole through a suitable pipe or flexible rubber hose, designed to
        withstand the maximum pressure required.
2.08    The mixer shall be placed as near the grout pipes , as possible and long pipe lines
        avoided. The flow of grout onto the pipes shall be controlled by a pressure relief
        valve by passing and returning to the mixer all grout, not accepted by the pipes at
        the desired pressure.
Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                              182

2.09    Proper pressure gauges shall be provided to measure the pressure of the grout
        pumps into the grout pipes. They shall be provided with diaphragms. to prevent
        grout from getting into the gauges and clogging them.
2.10    The circulating system shall be so provided that the grout be kept circulating
        continuously at sufficient velocity to prevent settlement of cement or clogging of
        pipe line and fittings. The pump and the pipe lines shall be flushed with clear water
        at frequent intervals to keep them clear. Deposits of grout in the pump, mixture etc.
        not removed by flushing shall be removed by scrapping and chipping etc. The
        mixer shall be provided with a water meter to measure accurately the quantity of
        water being used. A fine screen capable of being readily removed, cleared and
        replaced shall be provided between the mixer and the pump. Proper arrangement
        shall also be provided with equipment to stock adequate quantity of cement etc.
        likely to be required for the grouting.
2.11    After the grouting operations are completed for the shift or the day, the remaining
        unused grout mix shall be thrown away. Also a mix not used up completely within
        one hour after mixing or that which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge has
        settled or clogged shall be thrown away.
2.12    If such wastage in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, which shall be final and
        binding due to negligence of the contractor no payment or rebate shall be made for
        the cement and other materials thus wasted.
2.13    METHOD OF APPLYING GROUT:
                The grouting shall be continued until the hole being grouted takes grout mix
                at a rate less than –
             Quantity of Grout Time in Minutes       Pressure
             0.03 cum (1 cft)      20                3.53 kg/cm2 or less
             0.03 cum (1cft)       15                5.05 kg/cm2

2.14    The grouting shall however be stopped when the pressure gauge registers sudden
        rise or when other indications are seen of extension or up-level of rock, masonry
        the pressure being applied.
2.15    After hole has been grouted it should be closed by means of a valve to maintain the
        grout under pressure in the seams or crevices into which it has been forced.
2.16    After hole is grouted it should be examined if cement has settled unduly with water
        coming up, the account settlement depending on the proportion of mix used. Holes
        where such settlement has taken place are to be cleaned of all sort of sediment and
        grouted again under pressure.
2.17    Grouting shall be continued until at the specified pressure, the groin pipe refuses to
        take grout more than specified above. If for any reasons grouting operations must
        be stopped before a hole has been grouted to refusal, clear water shall be kept
        running into hole until grouting is resumed.

3.0     KEEPING RECORDS OF DRILLING AND GROUTING OPERATIONS:
        3.01 Records shall be maintained by the contractor of the drilling, grouting and
             testing etc. neatly and systematically in the manner approved by the
             Engineer-in-charge. The exact locations of all grout holes in relation to
             proper reference lines and accurate logs of all operations shall be detailed in


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              183

                the records, record maps and sections be complied showing all conditions of
                holes grouted.
        3.02     A copy of such records shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge daily
                during drilling and grouting operations.
        3.03    Grouting must be done in the presence of the Engineer-in-charge whenever
                pressure grouting is to be done, the contractor will give duo notice there of
                to the Engineer-in-charge to unable him or authorized representative to be
                present during the grouting operations which will always be done in his
                presence.

4.0     PLUGING AND FINISHING:
        4.01 The grout mix that might flow out or other gel split on rock, concrete or
             masonry or other surfaces shall be removed expediously without along any
             time.
        4.02 For the grout to set on any of the aforesaid surface after the grout has set the
             holes shall be plugged with cement mortar in the proportion of 1:2 by
             volume and the surface finished smooth in line with the floor at those
             locations. No separate rate shall be given for the work involved thereon.

5.0     CALIBRATION OF PRESSURE GUAGE AND WATER METERS ETC.:
             The pressure gauges and water meters shall be get calibrated by the
             contractor at his cost and duly numbered for their accuracy from time to
             time as may be directed by the Engineer, the contractor shall produce
             necessary test certificates for such calibration at every fortnight or less if
             found necessary. The pressure gauges and water meters which have been
             duly tested and calibrated shall only to be used for grouting and testing
             holes.

6.0     LOCATIONS:
        6.01 The grouting shall be done only on the chainages or points where the bores
             are taken. Each bore should be grouted to any extent or stopped at the depth
             specified by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative.
        6.02 Grouting work should be correlated with the main work of construction as
             per instruction given by Engineer-in-charge.
        6.03 Hole shall be grouted in stages of three meters pocket from bottom to top
             upwards.
        6.04 a)     The pressure applied to the pocket is equal to the pressure indicated
                    by pressure gauge plus the hydrostatic pressure equal to the
                    difference between the level of the pressure gauge and the centre of
                    pocket.
             b)     For deciding the pressure




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                              184


                                       SECTION – 16

                               EXPANTION JOINTS


1:00 EXPANTION JOINTS :
                Expantion joints of 25 mm shall be provided at every 10 m interval c/c as
        directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be filled in by 12 mm thick asphalt
        pads. In case of structures, 12 mm thick asphalt pads shall be provided for each
        joint of RCC slab as directed.

2:00 ASPHALTIC COMPOUND :
               On the exposed face of the cast-in-citu templates compound of approved
        manufacture and grade shall be applied. It shall be applied in two coats as directed
        by the Engineer-in-charge.

3:00 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT :

               The unit of payment shall be per metre length arrived at by measuring the
        length along the joint. This rate shall be in full compensation for furnishing,
        handling and placing all materials including preparation and conditioning of the
        base as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                             185

                                      SECTION - 17
                                      POINTING

1.0 PROPORTION OF MORTAR
    All pointing shall be done with cement mortar (1:3) unless otherwise specified. The
    cement shall be confirmed to the specification mentioned in section IC-sub-section
    A. The sand to be used shall be fine. It shall pass through sieve of size No.16 Mesh
    A.S.T.M.(IS120). The sand shall confirm in all other respects to specification under
    section IC-sub-section B.
1.1 RAKING JOINTS
      The joints in masonry to be pointed shall be raked square for a minimum depth of
      4cm. within 24 hours of laying of masonry. In special circumstances this period
      may be relaxed to 48 hours. The refilling and pointing shall be done in 3 days of
      racking of the joints so as to ensure good adhesion between the two mortars. If the
      racking is not done within the period specified above, the Engineer-in-charge may
      engage labours to racking joints and recover the cost there of from the Contractor
1.2 CLEARING JOINTS

       Before pointing the joints shall be cleaned if any dirt of loosely adhering cement or
mortar and washed out properly and thoroughly.
1.3 FILLING JOINTS
       The joints shall then be filled with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise specified.
Mortar will be thoroughly rammed and caulked into the joints. The pointing mix shall
neither be too dry nor too wet. The mortar shall have just enough so that it will stick
together on being moulded into a ball by a slight pressure of hands but will not free water
when so pressed and will leave the hands damp. Pointing shall be carried out as rapidlyas
possible and not touched again and again after the mortar has once began to set.
1.4 FLUSH POINTING
       The joints shall be filled with a cement mortar which shall be thoroughly rammed
caulked into the joints. The pointing mix shall never be too dry nor be too wet. The
mortar shall have just enough so that it will stick together on being moulded into a ball by
a slight pressure of hands but will not free water when so pressed and will leave the hands
damp. No lines shall be pressed on the joints but the joints shall instead be nearly rubbed
smooth with the “NAYLA” as soon as the mortar has begun to set. The extra mortar on the
edge shall be carefully scraped off to give a neat appearance. Pointing shall be carried out
as rapidly as possible and not touched again after the mortar has once begun to set.
1.5 FINAL FINISH TO JOINTS
       The joints shall be neat defined, regular and of a uniform width.

        The work pointed should be kept wet for 14 days after pointing is completed.
1.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
 The cost of pointing is not covered in the unit rate of U.C.R or C.R masonry. It should be
paid separately on the basis of sq.m in pointing item. The cost of pointing is covered in the
  unit rates of khandki, it should be paid separately on the basis of sq.m in pointing item.
     The cost of pointing is covered in the unit rates of khandki, it should not be paid
                                          separately.

Signature of Contractor           No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              186

                                        SECTION 18

                                      MASONRY
5.1   Providing uncoursed rubble masonry in cement mortar (1:4:5) with all leads and
      lifts including striking out joints and currying etc. complete (45% mortar)
5.1.1 Preparing Foundation :-
      Preparing foundation for laying masonry.
5.1II Treating of weak local sports
      All weathered or partly decomposed place of work remaining shall be removed so
      as and to have on the foundation any other. Than that which is an integral part of
      the rock mass. Areas of low bearing capacity steps inclined seems faults and
      crushed stone in on otherwise good foundation if permitted to be kept shall be
      cleared out to the sufficient depth and field and plugged with masonry or concrete
      as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.
5.1.2 Final Finished Surface of the Foundation

        The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in cross section to
        give added resistance to sliding. All polished surface shall be rough and artificially
        to give good bond. The surface shall be free from strip angles and the edges of
        benches shall be chamfered approximately 450 pinnacles or projection shall be
        knocked off and prominent nose flattened out.
5.1.3   Testing for Soundness:-
        The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking with a heavy
        hammer and all loose portions of the foundations rock revealed by follow sound
        shall be removed by a bar, chisel or wedge till a clearing sound is obtained.
5.1.4   Clearing of Foundation With Waster Jets Etc :-
        Immediately before masonry started the foundation shall be thoroughly cleared of
        all loose materials including all chips, sand dirt and lightest fild of oil or grease..
        This shall be done with the help of steel brooms hammer, picks jets, of water and
        air and high pressure and or wet sand blasting followed by through washing. The
        whole surface and particularly all corners crivices and joints shall be cleaned and
        all dirt clogged to them by holding tip of the water nose close to it, water being
        supplied at 15 M head. The washing and scrubbing shall be continued until the
        wash water is clear and entirely free from dirt final cleaning all water shall be
        removed.
5.1.5   Layer of Cement Mortar :-
        Before laying masonry over the finally prepared surface of the foundation thick
        layers of the cement mortar 1:2 proportion about 5 cm to 7 cm thick shall be spread
        over and worked in into all irregularities of the rock surface corners and joints by
        means of lravels thick bars and wire brushed. The first course of stones shall be
        carefully pressed presses into the mortar and driven, home so that they sink into
        mortar and force the mortar into the mortar into the mortar and force the mortar
        into the corners services, No extra payment on this item will be made.
5.1.6   Treatment of Masonry Surface Sufficiently Hardened.


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                            187

        Masonry surfaces which have remained exposed for a long time by delay in
        construction and where new masonry cannot be integrally incorporated with the
        previous one.
        The same shall be prepared in much the same manner as rock foundation vide para
        5 above after scrapping the mortar from joints to a depth of at least 1 cm.
5.2     Proportions of Ingrediance

      The proportion of ingrediance mentioned in the schedule ‘B’ for each type mortar
      are proportions for only the nominal mixes. The criteria government the mix will be
      the strength specified and the actual proportion of the ingredients, to give the
      requisiste strength shall be determined by experiments.
5.2.1 Strenght

      The minimum compressive strenght of cement used in any part of masonry shall
      not be less than 546.82 Toners per Sqm.at and that intentation not less than 109.35
      Tonnes per Sqm.at end 0f 20 days.
5.2.2 Motar (General)
      Mode of mixing the mortar shall be obtained by roughty in menchanically worked
      mixers or mills, the constituents in the specified proportion.
5.3   Specification of ingredients going from the finished product of mortar comply
      individually with the specifications separately laid out for each of them.
5.4   Time of Use
      Mortar shall be used in masonry within the time specified for the initial set or as
      directed by the detailed specifications.
5.5   Preliminary Tests to be Carried Out In Advance

      Preliminary tests of mortar cubes should however be carried out well in advance in
      the laboratory prior to the commencement of the work. These tests should
      indicating 20% more strenght than of the similar cubes on the field as specified in
      para 2.1 above.
5.6   Water used for making mortar shall be reasonably clean and free from
      abjectionable quantities of silt organic matter alkalies, saults, and injurious
      material. The turbidity of water for mixing mortar shall not be more than 2000 parts
      per million and shall preferably be low possible.
5.7   Disposal of Damaged Mortar
      Any mortar which not u sed within the specified period of mortar which has set or
      hardened shall be considered unfit for use and an removed from site.
5.8.1 Masonry General
      Stones to be wetted before use
      All stones chips etc. shall be cleaned and free from dust mud to ensure a good bond
      with mortar and shall be wetted before being laid. For this purpose the stones that
      are immediate to be used shall be kept sprinkled with good clear water. There shall
      be good collections of stones and spauls within easy reach of each mason to unable
      proper selection of stone for individual locations while laying and the stack shall be
      kept continupusly replenished.



Signature of Contractor          No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                   188

5.9 Curing
      All exposed surface of masonry shall be prevented from drying out by curing them
      continuously for 21 days from the time of placement, curing shall washing out of
      mortar, such work shall be pulled down by rebuilt at no extra cost. If the contractor
      fails to water the work to the satisfaction of Engineer in charge. The latter may
      make such arrangements as may be considered necessary for satisfactory watering
      and the cost there of shall be charged to the contractors.
5.10 Scaffolding to be Done by the Contracor :-
      All scaffolding required for the work shall be provided with in the rates quoted for
      the items of masonry.
5.11 Limit on Height Masonry to be Done In a Day :-
      The Height of masonry that shall be allowed to be constructed at time shall be 60
      cm maximum. No fresh coarse shall be laid over masonry previously 60 cm within
      24 hours its laying.
5.12 Masonry to be Done as Per Design

             The work shall be built squared, curved or battered and may be required by the
             design. It shall be carried out in a workmen with aid of moulds of templates and
             centring, required for the execution of the work.
5.13         Quantity of Mortar :-

      Every efforts should be made to see that proper quantity of mortar is used in the
      masonny. The quantity of mortar may very between 40 to 48% of masonry laid.
5.14 Mode of Laying :-
      The joined shall be well filled with mortar, suitable chips driven in thick joints the
      stones shall be pressed and tamped by hammer so as to attain maximum density and
      least avoids in the masonry. The stone shall be struck by the hammer so as to bring
      out all excess mortar and locked air from inside and bed, if it is necessary to move a
      stone after it has been placed in position it shall be lifted clear and then placed are
      shall always be taken to see that the joints in masonry already laid are not disturbed
      while handing or moving stones. The masonry surface shall kept as rough as
      possible to secure good bond between successive layer.
              The masonry surface should be wire brushed on next day i. e .after 24
      hours after laying so as to remove all intense excess mortar etc. as clearing after
      2.3, day is difficult.
5.15 Providing plant ways.
   Plank ways or other suitable arrangement shall be provided promptly for the use of
   necessary job traffic.

5.16         Precaution to be Obtained Dense Masonry
                   In order to obtain dense masonry following precautions should be taken

        i.      Under pinning shall be avoided after a stones laid as it tense to lift the stone and
                create air pockets.

       ii.      Putting chips in the intervening space before filling with mortar shall be
                avoided.

Signature of Contractor                 No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                189


    iii.        Leveling the masonry on the top of the course by use of chips shall be avoided.
               All chips will be driven on the end only which will help to squeeze the compact
               mortar in the joints.
5.17       Weak or Defective Masonry
           If any portion of masonry is found to be defective or weak in construction it shall
           be removed and rebut by the contractor without any extra cost in the alternative at
           the direction of the Engineer in change. Such masonry shall be sufficiently qrouted
           in a direction of the Engineer in charge and to his entire satisfaction.
5.18       Cleaning After Constrction
           All masonry should be cleaned after completion.
5.19       Damage Due to Floods

           While restarting the work of masonry after mansoon the old mansoon the old
           masonry shall cleaned as if for masonry on rock with due regard to specification
           hereof. All loose and doubtful patched of masonry shall be removed. Any damage
           done to machinery due to floods passing over the work completed in the previous
           working season or caused due to floods during construction shall by the rates
           quoted for the items extra claim shall be entertained by aby of the indicated above.
5.20       Payments
           In R.A Bills payment shall be made according to scale given below.
           When progress of machinery as Maximum possible permissible ratio of
           compacted with quantites mentioned in part rate to the contract rate for the item.
           schedule ’B’ is
           Less than 50%                               90%
           50% 90%                                     95%
           90% and above                               100%

           Note :- Quantities of all stone masonry item would be added together for
           cumulating percentage for masonry.
5.21       U.S.R.S.Masonry for Face Work :-
           This items the work of U.C.R.S. Masonry required to the laid as a face work to the
           U.C.R.S. masonry in heating.
5.22       Measurment and Payment :-
           The masonry shall be paid on cubic meter basis. Payment shall be made on the net
           Quantities of masonry at after deducting quantites for opening and other classed
           work form the total volume of masonry such deductions shall not apply to the
           anchor bars ground holes or bore holes not exceeding 10 cm in diameter.




Signature of Contractor              No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,
                                              190


                                        SECTION 19
                                 APPROACH ROAD

        1.1 SCOPE :
            The item included providing and laying 60mm and 40mm metal with layers of
            hard murum and soft murum form certified quarries approved sources,
            conveying to site with all leads and lift stacking with regular heaps, spreading
            and compacting.
        1.2 QUARRIES :
             The Contractor shall have to procure metal, murum from certified quarries.
             The contractor shall get the source and quality of meal approved from
             Engineer-in-charge. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all
             compensation shall be paid as royalty, rents or damages to properties and
             injuries to person etc. caused in obtaining the maintenance. No claims on
             account of any obstructions caused in the collection of materials or difficulties
             or action arising out of quarrying in private land shall be entertained and
             government will remain indemnified with regard to such action and payment.
        1.3 QUALITY :
             The stones required for over size metal shall be hard, tough, sound, durable,
             dense, clean, of close-textured and free from unsound material crack, decay
             and weathering. They shall generally be broken rubble.

        1.4 SIZE :
             The rubble shall be either manually broken or mechanically crushed into
             pieces so as to pass through a square mesh of 85mm internal dimension and
             retained on a square mesh of 50mm. The pieces shall be as far as possible, be
             cubical and have sharp edges. A sample confirming to the quality shape and
             size shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before large scale
             breaking.
        1.5 STACKING :
             The metal brought from quarries shall be stacked in heaps near the site where
             it is to be sepread.

        2.1 SPREADING METAL :

              The metal shall be screened if it contained grass, rubbish or other deleterious
              foreign materials. The metal shall be spread evenly on the surface. In order to
              ensure the correct thickness, the road area shall be suitably marked so as to
              receive the contents of one heap of the specified thickness in the marked area.
              The unevenness and undulation after the spreading shall be rectified either by
              thinning the metal or adding it as required.


Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              191

              The metal so spread shall be checked by chamber boards and line for the
              chambers and grade at intervals of every ten meters, or so. The edge line
              stacks shall be ranged for a sufficient length to obtain lengths and uniform
              curves.
        2.2 HAND PACKING :
               As the laying of oversize metal advances, it shall hand packed by wedging
              and packing with quarry spauls collected for a purpose in the joints of oversize
              metal and driving them by hammers in pieces so as to fill the voids as
              completely as possible. The operation of hand packing shall floow the
              oversize metal laying closely.

        2.3 COMPACTION OF OVERSIZE METAL :
              GENERAL :
              The compaction shall be done with a 10 to 12 tone power roller. The rolling
              shall begin with a outside rear wheel of roller covering equal path shoulder
              and metal and roller shall run forward and backward until the shoulder binds
              the metal firmly. The rolling shall then progress form edges for the centre in
              strips parallel to the centre line of the road. Rolling shall be done by lapping
              uniformly each proceeding near wheel track by one half width of the track and
              shall continue on until all the surface has been rolled by the rear wheel three
              or four times and to refusal. Side bunds shall be raised to hold the material
              before starting rolling.




Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                              192

                                       SECTION - 20

                                DESIGN AND DRAWINGS

18.0    SCOPE:

                As stated in Annex – A of section I.

19.0    DESIGN AND DRAWINGS:

                The drawings enclosed herewith are tentative. The contract shall carry out
        layout studies including cost economics by examining all possible alternative to
        prepare detailed layout, designs and drawings of all components of the works stated
        in schedule B.
                The contractor shall use guide lines in the relevant IS code / CDO codes
        prepared by ISI / CDO, PWD Design Circle on various components of the
        Irrigation Project, PWD Bridge Projects.
                All the studies, layout drawings component wise design and drawings and
        Modification if required to be prepared for taking up execution of the works as
        stated in schedule B shall be prepared by the contractor and shall be got verified /
        vetted by from the CDO, Nashik and PWD design Circle, Mumbai. After
        verification / vetting by the contractor will have to submit the vetted design notes
        and drawings to the Engineer-in-charge for approval. Such drawings / designs will
        be approved or otherwise by the Engineer-in-charge within 15 days. For the
        purpose of approval the contractor shall submit 5 copies to the Engineer-in-charge.
        For the services of CDO, Nashik and Design Circle, Mumbai by the contractor for
        vetting / checking of design note and drawings prepared by the contractor. Such
        fees shall have to be borne by the contractor.
                The computer software developed by the contractor shall be made available
        free of cost to CDO, Nashik and PWD Design Circle for the purpose of vetting /
        checking. The contractor may carry out the model studies, if required by him to
        ascertain and satisfy himself about the design conformity on a model the cost of
        such model studies if carried out by the contractor, the fees shall be borne by the
        contractor only.
                The time required for the verification and vetting of the contractor study /
        design / drawing shall be deemed to have been included in the time limit specified
        for this work. Delay from CDO Nashik / Design Circle, Mumbai or any other
        account will not be entertained.
                No designs, drawings presented by the contractor will be accepted unless
        they have been verified by CDO, Nashik / PWD Design Circle, Mumbai. The
        vetting charges for such vetting shall be borne by the contractor.
                The contractor will have to submit detailed drawings of each component
        with appropriate scales measurements RLs, full dimensions, locations of
        components.
                The contractor will have to supply one plus five copies of approved
        drawings one copy duly signed by the contractor and other five copies duly
        attested.

Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                              193

               The contractor is expected to orgnise his work as per the best of his
        knowledge so that final draft of various types of designs and layouts will be
        submitted to the Engineer-in-charge with stipulated time period.
               The contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge original tracings,
        floppies on completion of work which will be absolute property of the Water
        Conservation Department contractor should submit three sets of drawings as record
        drawing showing the exact dimensions and levels etc. of constructions along with
        his final bill. Such drawings shall be signed by both contractor and Engineer-in-
        charge or his representatives. These drawings will be mentioned as permanent
        record of the work.
               All the studies layout, drawings, design notes, which have been submitted to
        the Engineer-in-charge shall become the absolute property of the Water
        Conservation Department and contractor shall not use the same in whole or part
        thereof elsewhere for any purpose without explicit written permission from the
        Water Conservation Department.
               In case of difference of opinion between contractor and CDO, Nashik /
        PWD Design Circle, Mumbai in technical matters the final decision will be given
        by the Engineer-in-charge.
               The Contractor should, as far as possible, not change the type of structure.
        However, if the contractor proposes different type of structure than provided, he
        should prove the economy of such structure to the Engineer-in-charge before
        getting it vetted.

INDICATIVE LIST OF DIFFERENT LAYOUTS AND DESIGNS REQIRED FOR
PROJECT EXECUTION.

        1. General Layout of K. T. Weir
        2. Details of Cross section of structures, Piers, Abutements, Key wall & wing
           walls etc.
        3. Details of RCC slab, RCC caps and dirt walls.
        4. Capacity calculation and fluid calculations and etc.
        Note :- The above list is indicative. It is not complete or exhaustive. The contractor
        shall have to supply drawings as per the construction requirement the standard
        practice of the CDO, Nashik / PWD Design Circle, Mumbai.

20.0    MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:

               After obtaining all the required drawings designs and design notes duly
        approved from the CDO, Nashik / PWD Design Circle, Mumbai etc. 75% of the
        amount will be released through R.A. Bill and remaining balance amount shall be
        released at the time of payment of final bill.
                       All the required detailed drawings, design and notes shall have to be
        procured duly vetted from CDO, Nashik / PWD Design Circle, Mumbai and same
        shall be got approved from Engineer-in-charge within 45 days from the date of
        work order.



Signature of Contractor            No. Of Corrections                Executive Engineer,
                                                     194


                                       WORK PROGRAMME
Name of work :- Construction of Mandwa Storage Tank Tq. Risod, Dist.
                Washim.
Tend   Description of item in short        Qty    as Unit    1st   2nd   3rd   4th   5th   6th
er                                         tender            Month Month Month Month Month Month
Item
No.
1      Excavation for foundation in 11107.47           Cum   3000   3000     3000      2108       --    --
       Soft Strata in wet or dry
       condition ….
2      Excavation for foundation in 5390.61            Cum   1000   1000     1000     1000       1391   --
       Hard Strata in wet or dry
       condition….
3      Filling Cut off treanch with 2270.67            Cum   --     500      500      500        500    271
       selected impervious Material
       from borrow area …….
4      Providing & filling Longitudinal 250.47         Cum   --     251               --         --     --
       & cross leakage drains …….
5      Providing   &     constructing
       embankment in Hearting zone…
       a) Directly        available   from --          Cum   --     --       --       --         --     --
       Excavation
       b) Directly available from --                   Cum   --     --       --       --         --     --
       Excavation from App. & Tail ..
       c) From Borrow area                 9760.92     Cum   --     1000     1000     1000       1000   2000
6      Providing   &     constructing
       embankment in Casing zone…
       a) Directly        available   from 3867.51     Cum   --     2000     1868     --         --     --
       Excavation
       b) Directly available from 8802.32              Cum   --     1000     1000     1803       2000   2000
       Excavation from App. & Tail ..
       c) From Borrow area                 --          Cum   --     --       --       --         --     --
7      Providing & constructing Rock                   Cum
       toe with large size rubble of
       approved quality ……….
       a) Available from Excavation        304.35      Cum   200    104               --         --     --
       b) From Borrow area                 38.76       Cum   --     39       --       --         --     --
8      Providing & laying dry rubble                   Cum
       stone pitching 30 Cm thick …..
       a) Available from Excavation        544.81      Cum   --     --       --       --         100    100
       b) From Borrow area                 27.31       Cum   --     --       --       --         --     --
9      Providing & laying quarry                       Cum
       spauls 10 Cm. thick ……..
       a) Available from Excavation        180.00      Cum   --     --       --       60         60     60
       b) From Borrow area                 7.68        Cum   --     --       --       --         --     8

Signature of Contractor                 No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                                     195

Tend   Description of item in short        Qty    as Unit    7th   8th   9th   10th  11th  12th
er                                         tender            Month Month Month Month Month Month
Item
No.
1      Excavation for foundation in 11107.47           Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       Soft Strata in wet or dry
       condition ….
2      Excavation for foundation in 5390.61            Cum   --     ---      --       --         --   --
       Hard Strata in wet or dry
       condition….
3      Filling Cut off treanch with 2270.67            Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       selected impervious Material
       from borrow area …….
4      Providing & filling Longitudinal 250.47         Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       & cross leakage drains …….
5      Providing   &     constructing
       embankment in Hearting zone…
       a) Directly        available   from --          Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       Excavation
       b) Directly available from --                   Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       Excavation from App. & Tail ..
       c) From Borrow area                 9760.92     Cum   2000   1761     --       --         --   --
6      Providing   &     constructing
       embankment in Casing zone…
       a) Directly        available   from 3867.51     Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       Excavation
       b) Directly available from 8802.32              Cum   1000   --       --       --         --   --
       Excavation from App. & Tail ..
       c) From Borrow area                 --          Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
7      Providing & constructing Rock                   Cum
       toe with large size rubble of
       approved quality ……….
       a) Available from Excavation        304.35      Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       b) From Borrow area                 38.76       Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
8      Providing & laying dry rubble                   Cum
       stone pitching 30 Cm thick …..
       a) Available from Excavation        544.81      Cum   150    150      45       --         --   --
       b) From Borrow area                 27.31       Cum   --     --       27       --         --   --
9      Providing & laying quarry                       Cum
       spauls 10 Cm. thick ……..
       a) Available from Excavation        180.00      Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --
       b) From Borrow area                 7.68        Cum   --     --       --       --         --   --




Signature of Contractor                 No. Of Corrections                 Executive Engineer,
                                                 196

Tend   Description of item in short      Qty    as Unit    1st   2nd   3rd   4th   5th   6th
er                                       tender            Month Month Month Month Month Month
Item
No.
10     Providing & fixing in position 113            Rmt   --    --     --       --         --    --
       Header toe wall with headers of
       size 75x20x20 cm……….
11     Providing & fixing in position 11             No.   --    --     --       --         --    --
       guard     stone    of     size
       600x200x150 mm. ………..
12     Providing & laying Rubble in 17.04            Cum   --    --     --       --         --    --
       cross drains…..etc complete
13     Providing & laying insitu PCC 700.04          Cum   --    --     --       --         --    150
       1:3:6    proportion     M-100
       (40MSA)…..
14     Providing & laying insitu PCC 15.18           Cum   --    --     --       --         --    --
       1:2:4    proportion     M-150
       (40MSA)….. For coping……
15     Providing & fixing in position 11             No.   --    --     --       --         --    --
       chanage    stone    of    size
       750x230x150 mm………..
16     Providing & fixing in position 40             Rmt   --    --     --       --         --    --
       AC pipe of 50 mm. dia & of
       required length for weep holes...
17     Providing erecting & laying 671.36            Sq.   --    --     --       --         --    --
       form work for plain surface…..                M
18     Disposal of surplus material 2283.00          Cum   --    --     --       --         --    --
       away from dam site ………..
19     --                                --          --
20     Providing & laying in position 35.54          Qtl   --    6      6        5          5     6
       high yield stress deformed steel
       bar reinforcement…………
21     Providing & laying earth work 803.65          Cum   --    --     --       200        200   200
       with selected material of
       approved quality for back
       filling…….
       a) Available
       b) Barrow                         --          Cum   --    --     --       --         --    --




Signature of Contractor               No. Of Corrections              Executive Engineer,
                                                     197

    Tend   Description of item in short      Qty    as Unit    7th   8th   9th   10th  11th  12th
    er                                       tender            Month Month Month Month Month Month
    Item
    No.
    10     Providing & fixing in position 113            Rmt   --    --      --       --         --    --
           Header toe wall with headers of
           size 75x20x20 cm……….
    11     Providing & fixing in position 11             No.   --    --      11       --         --    --
           guard     stone    of     size
           600x200x150 mm. ………..
    12     Providing & laying Rubble in 17.04            Cum   --    --      --       --         --    --
           cross drains…..etc complete
    13     Providing & laying insitu PCC 700.04          Cum   150   150     150      100        --    --
           1:3:6    proportion     M-100
           (40MSA)…..
    14     Providing & laying insitu PCC 15.18           Cum   --    --      --       --         --    5
           1:2:4    proportion     M-150
           (40MSA)….. For coping……
    15     Providing & fixing in position 11             No.   --    --      --       --         --    11
           chanage    stone    of    size
           750x230x150 mm………..
    16     Providing & fixing in position 40             Rmt   8     8       10       6          --    --
           AC pipe of 50 mm. dia & of
           required length for weep holes...
    17     Providing erecting & laying 671.36            Sq.   50    100     30       20         22    --
           form work for plain surface…..                M
    18     Disposal of surplus material 2283.00          Cum   500   500     500      500        283   --
           away from dam site ………..
    19     --                                --          --    --    --      --       --         --    --
    20     Providing & laying in position 35.54          Qtl   4     2       2        --         --    --
           high yield stress deformed steel
           bar reinforcement…………
    21     Providing & laying earth work 803.65          Cum   204
           with selected material of
           approved quality for back
           filling…….
           a) Available
           b) Barrow                         --          Cum




NOTE – Estimate & Drawings are available in office of the Executive
Engineer Minor Irrigation (L.S.) Division Washim for reference only




    Signature of Contractor               No. Of Corrections               Executive Engineer,

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:15
posted:5/13/2012
language:
pages:197